]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Prevent segfault in GDB when searching for architecture matches.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 419 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 422 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 423 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 424 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 425 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 426 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 427 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 428 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 429 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 430 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 431 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 432 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 433 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 434 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 435 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
436 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 438 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 439 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
440@end ifset
441@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
442
443@emph{Target MMIX options:}
444 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
445 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
446 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 447 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 448@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
449@ifset NIOSII
450
451@emph{Target Nios II options:}
452 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
453 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
454@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
455@ifset NDS32
456
457@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
458 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
459 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
464 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
465 [@b{-mb2bb}]
466@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset PDP11
468
469@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
470 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
471 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 472 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
473@end ifset
474@ifset PJ
475
476@emph{Target picoJava options:}
477 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
478@end ifset
479@ifset PPC
480
481@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
483 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
484 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 485 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 486 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
487 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
488 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 489 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 490 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
491 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
492 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 493 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 494 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 495@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
496@ifset RL78
497
498@emph{Target RL78 options:}
499 [@b{-mg10}]
500 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
501@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
502@ifset RX
503
504@emph{Target RX options:}
505 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 506 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
507 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
508 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
509 [@b{-mpid}]
510 [@b{-mrelax}]
511 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
512 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 513@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
514@ifset S390
515
516@emph{Target s390 options:}
517 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
518 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
519 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
520@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
521@ifset SCORE
522
523@emph{Target SCORE options:}
524 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
525 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
526 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
527 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
528@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
529@ifset SPARC
530
531@emph{Target SPARC options:}
532@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
533 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
534 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
535 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
536 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
537@end ifset
538@ifset TIC54X
539
540@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 541 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
542 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
543@end ifset
40b36596
JM
544@ifset TIC6X
545
546@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
547 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
548 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
549 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 550@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
551@ifset TILEGX
552
553@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 554 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
555@end ifset
556@ifset TILEPRO
557@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
558@end ifset
b6605ddd 559@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 560
b6605ddd
EB
561@emph{Target Visium options:}
562 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
563@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
564@ifset XTENSA
565
566@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
567 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
568 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
569 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
570 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
571 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 572 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 573@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
574@ifset Z80
575
576@emph{Target Z80 options:}
577 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
578 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
579 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
580 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
581 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
582 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
583 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
584@end ifset
a4fb0134 585@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 586
a4fb0134 587@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 588@end ifset
e0001a05 589
0285c67d 590@c man end
252b5132
RH
591@end smallexample
592
0285c67d
NC
593@c man begin OPTIONS
594
a4fb0134 595@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 596@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 597
83f10cb2 598@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
599Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
600
a4fb0134 601@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
602@item -ac
603omit false conditionals
604
605@item -ad
606omit debugging directives
607
83f10cb2
NC
608@item -ag
609include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
610
252b5132
RH
611@item -ah
612include high-level source
613
614@item -al
615include assembly
616
617@item -am
618include macro expansions
619
620@item -an
621omit forms processing
622
623@item -as
624include symbols
625
626@item =file
627set the name of the listing file
628@end table
629
630You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
631listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
632the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
633
caa32fe5 634@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
635Begin in alternate macro mode.
636@ifclear man
637@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
638@end ifclear
caa32fe5 639
955974c6 640@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
641Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
642ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
643linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
644given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 645
151411f8
L
646@ifset ELF
647@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
648@item --compress-debug-sections=none
649@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
650@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
651@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
652These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
653@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
654@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
655@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 656@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 657@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
658@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
659sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
660@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
661@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
662
151411f8
L
663@end ifset
664
955974c6 665@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
666Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
667targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
668override this.
955974c6 669
252b5132
RH
670@item -D
671Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
672other assemblers.
673
3d6b762c
JM
674@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
675When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
676information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
677
252b5132
RH
678@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
679Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
680@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
681indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
682value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
683use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
684
685@item -f
686``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
687compiler output).
688
329e276d
NC
689@item -g
690@itemx --gen-debug
691Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
692debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
693ECOFF or DWARF2.
694
252b5132
RH
695@item --gstabs
696Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
697may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
698
05da4302
NC
699@item --gstabs+
700Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
701extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
702debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
703may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
704the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
705
329e276d 706@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 707Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 708may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 709option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 710
b40bf0a2
NC
711@item --gdwarf-sections
712Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
713.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
714corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
715will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
716@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
717then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
718suffix.
719
b8871f35 720@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
721@item --size-check=error
722@itemx --size-check=warning
723Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
724
b8871f35
L
725@item --elf-stt-common=no
726@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
727These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
728symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
729by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
730@end ifset
731
252b5132
RH
732@item --help
733Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
734
ea20a7da
CC
735@item --target-help
736Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
737
252b5132
RH
738@item -I @var{dir}
739Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
740
741@item -J
742Don't warn about signed overflow.
743
744@item -K
745@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
746This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
747@end ifclear
748@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
749Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
750@end ifset
751
752@item -L
753@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
754Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
755system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
756or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
757@ifclear man
758@xref{Symbol Names}.
759@end ifclear
252b5132 760
c3a27914
NC
761@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
762Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
763listing to @var{number}.
764
765@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
766Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
767lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
768
769@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
770Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
771@var{number} bytes.
772
773@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
774Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
775to @var{number} + 1.
776
2edb36e7
NC
777@item --no-pad-sections
778Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
779of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
780which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
781
252b5132 782@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 783Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
784
785@item -R
786Fold the data section into the text section.
787
d60646b9 788@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
789Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
790@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
791assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
792memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
793requirements at the expense of speed.
794
795@item --reduce-memory-overheads
796This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
797assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
798@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
799
451133ce
NP
800@ifset ELF
801@item --sectname-subst
802Honor substitution sequences in section names.
803@ifclear man
804@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
805@end ifclear
806@end ifset
807
252b5132
RH
808@item --statistics
809Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
810assembly.
811
812@item --strip-local-absolute
813Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
814
815@item -v
816@itemx -version
a4fb0134 817Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
818
819@item --version
a4fb0134 820Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
821
822@item -W
2bdd6cf5 823@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
824Suppress warning messages.
825
2bdd6cf5
GK
826@item --fatal-warnings
827Treat warnings as errors.
828
829@item --warn
830Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
831
252b5132
RH
832@item -w
833Ignored.
834
835@item -x
836Ignored.
837
838@item -Z
839Generate an object file even after errors.
840
841@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
842Standard input, or source files to assemble.
843
844@end table
2a633939
JM
845@c man end
846
a06ea964
NC
847@ifset AARCH64
848
849@ifclear man
850@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
851for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
852@end ifclear
853
854@ifset man
855@c man begin OPTIONS
856The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
85764-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
858@c man end
859@c man begin INCLUDE
860@include c-aarch64.texi
861@c ended inside the included file
862@end ifset
863
864@end ifset
865
2a633939
JM
866@ifset ALPHA
867
868@ifclear man
869@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
870for an Alpha processor.
871@end ifclear
872
873@ifset man
874@c man begin OPTIONS
875The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
876processor.
877@c man end
878@c man begin INCLUDE
879@include c-alpha.texi
880@c ended inside the included file
881@end ifset
882
883@end ifset
252b5132 884
2a633939 885@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 886@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
887The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
888processor.
252b5132 889
a4fb0134 890@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 891@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
892This option selects the core processor variant.
893@item -EB | -EL
894Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
895@item -mcode-density
896Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
897@end table
898@end ifset
899
900@ifset ARM
901The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
902processor family.
903
a4fb0134 904@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 905@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 906Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 907@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 908Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 909@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 910Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
911@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
912Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
913@item -mthumb
914Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 915@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
916Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
917@item -EB | -EL
918Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
919@item -mthumb-interwork
920Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
921ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
922@item -mccs
923Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
924@item -k
925Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
926@end table
927@end ifset
635fb38d 928@c man end
252b5132 929
9982501a 930@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
931
932@ifclear man
933@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
934configured for the Blackfin processor family.
935@end ifclear
936
937@ifset man
938@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
939The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
940the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
941@c man end
942@c man begin INCLUDE
943@include c-bfin.texi
944@c ended inside the included file
945@end ifset
9982501a 946
9982501a
JZ
947@end ifset
948
635fb38d 949@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
950@ifset CRIS
951See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
952@end ifset
953
252b5132
RH
954@ifset D10V
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
956a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 957@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
958@cindex D10V optimization
959@cindex optimization, D10V
960@item -O
961Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
962@end table
963@end ifset
964
965@ifset D30V
966The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
967processor.
a4fb0134 968@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
969@cindex D30V optimization
970@cindex optimization, D30V
971@item -O
972Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
973
974@cindex D30V nops
975@item -n
976Warn when nops are generated.
977
978@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
979@item -N
980Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
981@end table
982@end ifset
731caf76
L
983@c man end
984
cfb8c092
NC
985@ifset EPIPHANY
986The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
987Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
988
56b13185
JR
989@ifclear man
990@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
991configured for an Epiphany processor.
992@end ifclear
cfb8c092 993
56b13185
JR
994@ifset man
995@c man begin OPTIONS
996The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
997an Epiphany processor.
998@c man end
999@c man begin INCLUDE
1000@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1001@c ended inside the included file
1002@end ifset
1003
1004@end ifset
1005
1006@ifset H8300
1007
1008@ifclear man
1009@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1010for an H8/300 processor.
1011@end ifclear
1012
1013@ifset man
1014@c man begin OPTIONS
1015The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1016processor.
1017@c man end
1018@c man begin INCLUDE
1019@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1020@c ended inside the included file
1021@end ifset
cfb8c092 1022
cfb8c092
NC
1023@end ifset
1024
731caf76 1025@ifset I80386
252b5132 1026
731caf76
L
1027@ifclear man
1028@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1029configured for an i386 processor.
1030@end ifclear
1031
1032@ifset man
1033@c man begin OPTIONS
1034The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1035an i386 processor.
1036@c man end
1037@c man begin INCLUDE
1038@include c-i386.texi
1039@c ended inside the included file
1040@end ifset
1041
1042@end ifset
1043
1044@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1045@ifset I960
1046The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1047Intel 80960 processor.
1048
a4fb0134 1049@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1050@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1051Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1052
1053@item -b
1054Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1055
1056@item -no-relax
1057Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1058error if necessary.
1059
1060@end table
1061@end ifset
1062
a40cbfa3
NC
1063@ifset IP2K
1064The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1065Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1066
1067@table @gcctabopt
1068
1069@item -mip2022ext
1070Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1071
1072@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1073Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1074just the basic IP2022 ones.
1075
1076@end table
1077@end ifset
1078
49f58d10
JB
1079@ifset M32C
1080The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1081Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1082
1083@table @gcctabopt
1084
1085@item -m32c
1086Assemble M32C instructions.
1087
1088@item -m16c
1089Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1090
c54b5932
DD
1091@item -relax
1092Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1093
1094@item -h-tick-hex
1095Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1096
49f58d10
JB
1097@end table
1098@end ifset
1099
ec694b89
NC
1100@ifset M32R
1101The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1102Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1103
a4fb0134 1104@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1105
1106@item --m32rx
1107Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1108is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1109
1110@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1111Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1112encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1113
1114@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1115Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1116encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1117
1118@end table
1119@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1120
1121@ifset M680X0
1122The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1123Motorola 68000 series.
1124
a4fb0134 1125@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1126
1127@item -l
1128Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1129
0285c67d
NC
1130@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1131@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1132@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1133Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1134is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1135
1136@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1137The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1138The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1139the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1140two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1141coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1142
1143@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1144The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1145unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1146
1147@end table
1148@end ifset
1149
36591ba1
SL
1150@ifset NIOSII
1151
1152@ifclear man
1153@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1154for an Altera Nios II processor.
1155@end ifclear
1156
1157@ifset man
1158@c man begin OPTIONS
1159The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1160Altera Nios II processor.
1161@c man end
1162@c man begin INCLUDE
1163@include c-nios2.texi
1164@c ended inside the included file
1165@end ifset
1166@end ifset
1167
e135f41b
NC
1168@ifset PDP11
1169
1170For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1171see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1172
a4fb0134 1173@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1174@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1175Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1176default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1177
1178@item -mall
1179@itemx -mall-extensions
1180Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1181
1182@item -mno-extensions
1183Disable all instruction set extensions.
1184
1185@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1186Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1187
1188@item -m@var{cpu}
1189Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1190disable all other extensions.
1191
1192@item -m@var{machine}
1193Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1194model, and disable all other extensions.
1195@end table
1196
1197@end ifset
1198
041dd5a9
ILT
1199@ifset PJ
1200The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1201a picoJava processor.
1202
a4fb0134 1203@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1204
1205@cindex PJ endianness
1206@cindex endianness, PJ
1207@cindex big endian output, PJ
1208@item -mb
1209Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1210
1211@cindex little endian output, PJ
1212@item -ml
1213Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1214
1215@end table
1216@end ifset
1217
60bcf0fa
NC
1218@ifset M68HC11
1219The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1220Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1221
a4fb0134 1222@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1223
6927f982 1224@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1225Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1226defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1227
6927f982
NC
1228@item --xgate-ramoffset
1229Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1230XGATE address space.
1231
2f904664
SC
1232@item -mshort
1233Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1234
1235@item -mlong
01642c12 1236Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1237
1238@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1239Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1240
1241@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1242Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1243
1370e33d 1244@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1245Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1246conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1247sub routine.
1248
1370e33d
NC
1249@item -S | --short-branches
1250Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1251when the offset is out of range.
1252
1253@item --strict-direct-mode
1254Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1255when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1256
1257@item --print-insn-syntax
1258Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1259
1260@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1261Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1262
1263@item --generate-example
6927f982 1264Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1265This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1266
1267@end table
1268@end ifset
1269
252b5132 1270@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1271The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1272for the SPARC architecture:
1273
a4fb0134 1274@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1275@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1276@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1277Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1278
1279@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1280@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1281
1282@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1283UltraSPARC extensions.
1284
1285@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1286For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1287equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1288
1289@item -bump
1290Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1291@end table
1292@end ifset
1293
39bec121
TW
1294@ifset TIC54X
1295The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1296architecture.
39bec121 1297
a4fb0134 1298@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1299@item -mfar-mode
1300Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1301extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1302@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1303Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1304@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1305Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1306behaviour in the shell.
1307@end table
1308@end ifset
1309
252b5132
RH
1310@ifset MIPS
1311The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1312a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1313
a4fb0134 1314@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1315@item -G @var{num}
1316This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1317implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1318use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1319
1320@cindex MIPS endianness
1321@cindex endianness, MIPS
1322@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1323@item -EB
1324Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1325
1326@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1327@item -EL
1328Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1329
1330@cindex MIPS ISA
1331@item -mips1
1332@itemx -mips2
1333@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1334@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1335@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1336@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1337@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1338@itemx -mips32r3
1339@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1340@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1341@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1342@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1343@itemx -mips64r3
1344@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1345@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1346Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1347@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1348alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1349@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1350@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1351@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1352@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1353MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1354Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1355MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1356
98508b2a
RS
1357@item -march=@var{cpu}
1358Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1359
1360@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1361Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1362
1363@item -mfix7000
1364@itemx -mno-fix7000
1365Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1366of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1367
a8d14a88
CM
1368@item -mfix-rm7000
1369@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1370Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1371followed by a load instruction.
1372
ecb4347a
DJ
1373@item -mdebug
1374@itemx -no-mdebug
1375Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1376section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1377
dcd410fe
RO
1378@item -mpdr
1379@itemx -mno-pdr
1380Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1381
437ee9d5
TS
1382@item -mgp32
1383@itemx -mfp32
1384The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1385flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1386all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1387and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1388
351cdf24
MF
1389@item -mgp64
1390@itemx -mfp64
1391The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1392flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1393all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1394and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1395
1396@item -mfpxx
1397The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1398this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1399which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
140032 or 64 bits wide.
1401
1402@item -modd-spreg
1403@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1404Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1405registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1406@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1407
437ee9d5
TS
1408@item -mips16
1409@itemx -no-mips16
1410Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1411@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1412turns off this option.
252b5132 1413
df58fc94
RS
1414@item -mmicromips
1415@itemx -mno-micromips
1416Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1417@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1418turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1419at the start of the assembly file.
1420
e16bfa71
TS
1421@item -msmartmips
1422@itemx -mno-smartmips
1423Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1424equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1425@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1426
1f25f5d3
CD
1427@item -mips3d
1428@itemx -no-mips3d
1429Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1430This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1431@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1432
deec1734
CD
1433@item -mdmx
1434@itemx -no-mdmx
1435Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1436This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1437@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1438
2ef2b9ae
CF
1439@item -mdsp
1440@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1441Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1442This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1443@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1444
8b082fb1
TS
1445@item -mdspr2
1446@itemx -mno-dspr2
1447Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1448This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1449This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1450@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1451
8f4f9071
MF
1452@item -mdspr3
1453@itemx -mno-dspr3
1454Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1455This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1456This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1457@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1458
56d438b1
CF
1459@item -mmsa
1460@itemx -mno-msa
1461Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1462This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1463@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1464
7d64c587
AB
1465@item -mxpa
1466@itemx -mno-xpa
1467Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1468This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1469@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1470
ef2e4d86
CF
1471@item -mmt
1472@itemx -mno-mt
1473Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1474This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1475@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1476
dec0624d
MR
1477@item -mmcu
1478@itemx -mno-mcu
1479Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1480This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1481@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1482
833794fc
MR
1483@item -minsn32
1484@itemx -mno-insn32
1485Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1486microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1487instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1488the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1489option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1490start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1491selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1492
437ee9d5
TS
1493@item --construct-floats
1494@itemx --no-construct-floats
1495The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1496double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1497value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1498the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1499selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1500
3bf0dbfb
MR
1501@item --relax-branch
1502@itemx --no-relax-branch
1503The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1504branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1505out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1506
ba92f887
MR
1507@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1508Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1509(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1510
252b5132
RH
1511@cindex emulation
1512@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1513This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1514on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1515removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1516It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1517
1518The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1519@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1520is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1521big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1522preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1523
1524@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1525@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1526the native tools.
1527
252b5132
RH
1528@item --trap
1529@itemx --no-trap
1530@itemx --break
1531@itemx --no-break
1532Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1533@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1534(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1535@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1536break exception.
63486801
L
1537
1538@item -n
a4fb0134 1539When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1540time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1541@end table
1542@end ifset
1543
1544@ifset MCORE
1545The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1546an MCore processor.
1547
a4fb0134 1548@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1549@item -jsri2bsr
1550@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1551Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1552The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1553
1554@item -sifilter
1555@itemx -nosifilter
1556Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1557The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1558
1559@item -relax
1560Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1561
ec694b89
NC
1562@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1563Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1564can be assembled.
1565
1566@item -EB
1567Assemble for a big endian target.
1568
1569@item -EL
1570Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1571
1572@end table
1573@end ifset
a3c62988 1574@c man end
252b5132 1575
a3c62988
NC
1576@ifset METAG
1577
1578@ifclear man
1579@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1580for a Meta processor.
1581@end ifclear
1582
1583@ifset man
1584@c man begin OPTIONS
1585The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1586Meta processor.
1587@c man end
1588@c man begin INCLUDE
1589@include c-metag.texi
1590@c ended inside the included file
1591@end ifset
1592
1593@end ifset
1594
1595@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1596@ifset MMIX
1597See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1598@end ifset
1599
35c08157
KLC
1600@ifset NDS32
1601
1602@ifclear man
1603@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1604for a NDS32 processor.
1605@end ifclear
1606@c ended inside the included file
1607@end ifset
1608
1609@ifset man
1610@c man begin OPTIONS
1611The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1612NDS32 processor.
1613@c man end
1614@c man begin INCLUDE
1615@include c-nds32.texi
1616@c ended inside the included file
1617@end ifset
1618
635fb38d 1619@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1620@ifset PPC
1621
1622@ifclear man
1623@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1624for a PowerPC processor.
1625@end ifclear
1626
1627@ifset man
1628@c man begin OPTIONS
1629The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1630PowerPC processor.
1631@c man end
1632@c man begin INCLUDE
1633@include c-ppc.texi
1634@c ended inside the included file
1635@end ifset
1636
1637@end ifset
1638
635fb38d 1639@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1640@ifset RX
1641See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1642@end ifset
1643
11c19e16
MS
1644@ifset S390
1645The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1646processor family.
1647
1648@table @gcctabopt
1649@item -m31
1650@itemx -m64
1651Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1652@item -mesa
1653@item -mzarch
1654Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1655Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1656@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1657Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1658@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1659@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1660@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
1661or @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}).
11c19e16
MS
1662@item -mregnames
1663@itemx -mno-regnames
1664Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1665@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1666Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1667but evaluates to zero.
1668@end table
1669@end ifset
2a633939 1670@c man end
11c19e16 1671
40b36596 1672@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1673
1674@ifclear man
1675@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1676for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1677@end ifclear
1678
1679@ifset man
1680@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1681The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1682TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1683@c man end
1684@c man begin INCLUDE
1685@include c-tic6x.texi
1686@c ended inside the included file
1687@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1688
1689@end ifset
1690
aa137e4d
NC
1691@ifset TILEGX
1692
1693@ifclear man
1694@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1695for a TILE-Gx processor.
1696@end ifclear
1697
1698@ifset man
1699@c man begin OPTIONS
1700The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1701processor.
1702@c man end
1703@c man begin INCLUDE
1704@include c-tilegx.texi
1705@c ended inside the included file
1706@end ifset
1707
1708@end ifset
1709
b6605ddd
EB
1710@ifset VISIUM
1711
1712@ifclear man
1713@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1714for a Visium processor.
1715@end ifclear
1716
1717@ifset man
1718@c man begin OPTIONS
1719The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1720processor.
1721@c man end
1722@c man begin INCLUDE
1723@include c-visium.texi
1724@c ended inside the included file
1725@end ifset
1726
1727@end ifset
1728
e0001a05 1729@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1730
2d8b84ae
SA
1731@ifclear man
1732@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1733for an Xtensa processor.
1734@end ifclear
1735
1736@ifset man
1737@c man begin OPTIONS
1738The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1739Xtensa processor.
1740@c man end
1741@c man begin INCLUDE
1742@include c-xtensa.texi
1743@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1744@end ifset
1745
2d8b84ae
SA
1746@end ifset
1747
1748@c man begin OPTIONS
1749
3c9b82ba
NC
1750@ifset Z80
1751The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1752a Z80 family processor.
1753@table @gcctabopt
1754@item -z80
1755Assemble for Z80 processor.
1756@item -r800
1757Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1758@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1759@itemx -Wnud
1760Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1761@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1762@itemx -Wnup
1763Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1764@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1765@itemx -Wud
1766Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1767@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1768@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1769Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1770@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1771@itemx -Fud
1772Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1773@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1774@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1775Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1776@end table
1777@end ifset
1778
0285c67d
NC
1779@c man end
1780
252b5132
RH
1781@menu
1782* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1783* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1784* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1785* Command Line:: Command Line
1786* Input Files:: Input Files
1787* Object:: Output (Object) File
1788* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1789@end menu
1790
1791@node Manual
1792@section Structure of this Manual
1793
1794@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1795This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1796@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1797notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1798@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1799
1800@ifclear GENERIC
1801We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1802configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1803@end ifclear
1804@ifset GENERIC
1805This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1806various flavors of the assembler.
1807@end ifset
1808
1809@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1810On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1811to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1812In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1813architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1814mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1815particular architecture.
1816@ifset GENERIC
1817You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1818machine architecture manual for this information.
1819@end ifset
1820@ifclear GENERIC
1821@ifset H8/300
1822For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1823Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1824Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1825@end ifset
252b5132 1826@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1827For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1828see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1829@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1830@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1831@end ifset
1832@ifset Z8000
1833For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1834@end ifset
1835@end ifclear
1836
1837@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1838@ignore
1839Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1840the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1841Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1842computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1843once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1844qualification.
1845
a4fb0134 1846@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1847human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1848computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1849@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1850@end ignore
1851
1852@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1853@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1854@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1855@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1856@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1857@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1858@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1859@c directives).
1860
1861@node GNU Assembler
1862@section The GNU Assembler
1863
0285c67d
NC
1864@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1865
a4fb0134 1866@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1867@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1868This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1869configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1870@end ifclear
1871If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1872should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1873architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1874including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1875@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1876
1877@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1878@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1879@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1880@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1881assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1882machine would assemble.
1883@ifset VAX
1884Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1885@end ifset
1886@ifset M680X0
1887@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1888@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1889This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1890assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1891incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1892@end ifset
1893
0285c67d
NC
1894@c man end
1895
a4fb0134 1896Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1897program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1898@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1899
1900@node Object Formats
1901@section Object File Formats
1902
1903@cindex object file format
1904The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1905object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1906write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1907are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1908Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1909@ifclear GENERIC
1910@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1911For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1912@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1913@end ifclear
1914@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1915@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1916On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1917@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1918@end ifset
1919@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1920On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1921SOM or ELF format object files.
1922@end ifset
1923@end ifclear
1924
1925@node Command Line
1926@section Command Line
1927
1928@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1929
a4fb0134 1930After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1931options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1932before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1933significant.
1934
1935@cindex standard input, as input file
1936@kindex --
1937@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1938explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1939
1940@cindex options, command line
1941Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1942hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1943@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1944option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1945the letter is important. All options are optional.
1946
1947Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1948name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1949with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1950standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1951
1952@smallexample
1953@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1954@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1955@end smallexample
1956
1957@node Input Files
1958@section Input Files
1959
1960@cindex input
1961@cindex source program
1962@cindex files, input
1963We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1964describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1965be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1966doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1967
1968@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1969@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1970The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1971order specified.
1972
0285c67d 1973@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1974Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1975program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1976(The standard input is also a file.)
1977
a4fb0134 1978You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1979names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1980command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1981is taken to be an input file name.
1982
a4fb0134
SC
1983If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1984from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1985may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1986to assemble.
1987
1988Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1989in your command line.
1990
a4fb0134 1991If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1992file.
1993
0285c67d
NC
1994@c man end
1995
252b5132
RH
1996@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1997
1998@cindex input file linenumbers
1999@cindex line numbers, in input files
2000There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2001either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2002number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2003``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2004
2005@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2006to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2007
2008@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2009directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2010error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2011is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2012@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2013@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2014
2015@node Object
2016@section Output (Object) File
2017
2018@cindex object file
2019@cindex output file
2020@kindex a.out
2021@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2022Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2023your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2024is the object file. Its default name is
2025@ifclear BOUT
2026@code{a.out}.
2027@end ifclear
2028@ifset BOUT
2029@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2030@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2031@end ifset
a4fb0134 2032@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2033@end ifset
a4fb0134 2034You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2035object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2036reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2037directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2038possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2039
2040@cindex linker
2041@kindex ld
2042The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2043assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2044the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2045information for the debugger.
2046
2047@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2048@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2049
2050@node Errors
2051@section Error and Warning Messages
2052
0285c67d
NC
2053@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2054
a349d9dd 2055@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2056@cindex warning messages
2057@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2058@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2059file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2060runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2061that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2062grave problem that stops the assembly.
2063
0285c67d
NC
2064@c man end
2065
252b5132
RH
2066@cindex format of warning messages
2067Warning messages have the format
2068
2069@smallexample
2070file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2071@end smallexample
2072
2073@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2074@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2075(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2076(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2077@ifset GENERIC
2078(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2079@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2080have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2081in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2082intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2083
2084Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2085directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2086
2087@smallexample
2088 .file 2 "bar.c"
2089 error_assembler_source
2090 .file "foo.c"
2091 .line 30
2092 error_c_source
2093@end smallexample
2094
2095produces this output:
2096
2097@smallexample
2098 Assembler messages:
2099 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2100 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2101@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2102
2103@cindex format of error messages
2104Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2105
252b5132
RH
2106@smallexample
2107file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2108@end smallexample
72e0b254 2109
252b5132
RH
2110The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2111messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2112because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2113
2114@node Invoking
2115@chapter Command-Line Options
2116
2117@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2118This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2119versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2120for options specific
252b5132 2121@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2122to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2123@end ifclear
2124@ifset GENERIC
2125to particular machine architectures.
2126@end ifset
2127
0285c67d
NC
2128@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2129
c1253627 2130If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2131you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2132The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2133by commas. For example:
2134
2135@smallexample
2136gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2137@end smallexample
2138
2139@noindent
2140This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2141standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2142local symbols in the symbol table).
2143
2144Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2145command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2146(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2147precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2148assembler.)
2149
0285c67d
NC
2150@c man end
2151
252b5132 2152@menu
83f10cb2 2153* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2154* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2155* D:: -D for compatibility
2156* f:: -f to work faster
2157* I:: -I for .include search path
2158@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2159* K:: -K for compatibility
2160@end ifclear
2161@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2162* K:: -K for difference tables
2163@end ifset
2164
ba83aca1 2165* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2166* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2167* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2168* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2169* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2170* o:: -o to name the object file
2171* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2172* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2173* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2174* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2175* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2176* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2177@end menu
2178
2179@node a
83f10cb2 2180@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2181
2182@kindex -a
2183@kindex -ac
2184@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2185@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2186@kindex -ah
2187@kindex -al
2188@kindex -an
2189@kindex -as
2190@cindex listings, enabling
2191@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2192
2193These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2194@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2195You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2196@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2197@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2198@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2199High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2200@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2201also.
2202
83f10cb2
NC
2203Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2204information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2205
252b5132
RH
2206Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2207which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2208other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2209omitted from the listing.
2210
2211Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2212listing.
2213
2214Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2215listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2216@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2217@code{.sbttl}.
2218The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2219If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2220listing-control directives have no effect.
2221
2222The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2223@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2224
96e9638b
BW
2225Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2226because it
c3a27914
NC
2227is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2228is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2229directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2230stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2231memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2232
caa32fe5
NC
2233@node alternate
2234@section @option{--alternate}
2235
2236@kindex --alternate
2237Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2238
252b5132 2239@node D
a4fb0134 2240@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2241
2242@kindex -D
2243This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2244likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2245@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2246
2247@node f
a4fb0134 2248@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2249
2250@kindex -f
2251@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2252@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2253@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2254(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2255and comment preprocessing on
2256the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2257,Preprocessing}.
2258
2259@quotation
2260@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2261preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2262not work correctly.
2263@end quotation
2264
2265@node I
c1253627 2266@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2267
2268@kindex -I @var{path}
2269@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2270@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2271@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2272Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2273@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2274directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2275many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2276working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2277searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2278specified (left to right) on the command line.
2279
2280@node K
a4fb0134 2281@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2282
2283@kindex -K
2284@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2285On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2286permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2287where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2288generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2289family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2290alteration on other platforms.
2291@end ifclear
2292
2293@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2294@cindex difference tables, warning
2295@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2296@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2297form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2298You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2299is done.
2300@end ifset
2301
2302@node L
ba83aca1 2303@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2304
2305@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2306@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2307Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2308@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2309called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2310such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2311programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2312notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2313such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2314
2315This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2316in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2317@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2318
c3a27914 2319@node listing
a4fb0134 2320@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2321
2322The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2323@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2324hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2325them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2326directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2327@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2328@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2329@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2330
a4fb0134 2331@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2332@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2333@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2334@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2335Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2336dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2337
2338@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2339@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2340@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2341Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2342a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2343the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2344switch is used the default is to one.
2345
2346@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2347@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2348@cindex Width of source line output
2349Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2350alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2351source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2352
2353@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2354@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2355@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2356Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2357displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2358@end table
2359
252b5132 2360@node M
a4fb0134 2361@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2362
2363@kindex -M
2364@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2365The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2366changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2367compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2368configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2369MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2370information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2371arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2372assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2373
2374The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2375depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2376file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2377individually. These are:
2378
2379@itemize @bullet
2380@item global symbols in common section
2381
2382The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2383Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2384common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2385symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2386symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2387
2388@item complex relocations
2389
2390The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2391relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2392are not support by other object file formats.
2393
2394@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2395
2396The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2397This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2398instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2399script.
2400
2401@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2402
2403The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2404name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2405
2406@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2407
2408The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2409address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2410which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2411not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2412assigned within a linker script.
2413@end itemize
2414
2415There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2416@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2417seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2418
2419@itemize @bullet
2420
2421@item EBCDIC strings
2422
2423EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2424
2425@item packed binary coded decimal
2426
2427Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2428and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2429
2430@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2431
2432The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2433
2434@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2435
2436The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2437
2438@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2439
2440The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2441@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2442relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2443these options serve no purpose.
2444
2445@item @code{OPT} list control options
2446
2447The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2448@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2449@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2450
2451@item other @code{OPT} options
2452
2453The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2454@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2455
2456@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2457
2458The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2459@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2460
2461@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2462
2463The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2464
2465@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2466
2467The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2468
2469@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2470
2471The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2472
2473@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2474
2475The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2476
2477@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2478
2479The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2480
2481@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2482
2483The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2484
2485@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2486
2487The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2488
2489@end itemize
2490
2491@node MD
c1253627 2492@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2493
2494@kindex --MD
2495@cindex dependency tracking
2496@cindex make rules
2497
a4fb0134 2498@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2499file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2500dependencies of the main source file.
2501
2502The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2503
2504This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2505
2edb36e7
NC
2506@node no-pad-sections
2507@section Output Section Padding
2508@kindex --no-pad-sections
2509@cindex output section padding
2510Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2511alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2512memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2513disable this behaviour.
2514
252b5132 2515@node o
a4fb0134 2516@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2517
2518@kindex -o
2519@cindex naming object file
2520@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2521There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2522default it has the name
2523@ifset GENERIC
2524@ifset I960
2525@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2526@end ifset
2527@ifclear I960
2528@file{a.out}.
2529@end ifclear
2530@end ifset
2531@ifclear GENERIC
2532@ifset I960
2533@file{b.out}.
2534@end ifset
2535@ifclear I960
2536@file{a.out}.
2537@end ifclear
2538@end ifclear
2539You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2540object file a different name.
2541
a4fb0134 2542Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2543existing file of the same name.
2544
2545@node R
a4fb0134 2546@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2547
2548@kindex -R
2549@cindex data and text sections, joining
2550@cindex text and data sections, joining
2551@cindex joining text and data sections
2552@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2553@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2554data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2555the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2556section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2557your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2558appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2559
a4fb0134 2560When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2561address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2562data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2563older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2564
c1253627
NC
2565@ifset COFF-ELF
2566When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2567this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2568@samp{.data}.
2569@end ifset
2570
2571@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2572@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2573@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2574@end ifset
2575
2576@node statistics
a4fb0134 2577@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2578
2579@kindex --statistics
2580@cindex statistics, about assembly
2581@cindex time, total for assembly
2582@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2583Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2584@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2585(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2586seconds).
2587
2588@node traditional-format
c1253627 2589@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2590
2591@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2592For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2593from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2594@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2595
2596For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2597@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2598
2599@node v
a4fb0134 2600@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2601
2602@kindex -v
2603@kindex -version
2604@cindex assembler version
2605@cindex version of assembler
2606You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2607option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2608command line.
2609
2610@node W
a4fb0134 2611@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2612
a4fb0134 2613@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2614assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2615cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2616made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2617
c1253627
NC
2618@kindex -W
2619@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2620@cindex suppressing warnings
2621@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2622If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2623This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2624how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2625are still reported.
2626
c1253627 2627@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2628@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2629@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2630If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2631files that generate warnings to be in error.
2632
c1253627 2633@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2634@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2635You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2636causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2637
2638@node Z
a4fb0134 2639@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2640@cindex object file, after errors
2641@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2642After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2643some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2644@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2645option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2646writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2647errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2648
2649@node Syntax
2650@chapter Syntax
2651
2652@cindex machine-independent syntax
2653@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2654This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2655source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2656assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2657@ifclear VAX
2658assembler.
2659@end ifclear
2660@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2661assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2662@end ifset
2663
2664@menu
7c31ae13 2665* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2666* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2667* Comments:: Comments
2668* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2669* Statements:: Statements
2670* Constants:: Constants
2671@end menu
2672
2673@node Preprocessing
2674@section Preprocessing
2675
2676@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2677The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2678@itemize @bullet
2679@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2680@item
2681adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2682the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2683a single space.
2684
2685@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2686@item
2687removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2688appropriate number of newlines.
2689
2690@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2691@item
2692converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2693@end itemize
2694
2695It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2696anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2697do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2698(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2699to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2700@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2701Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2702
2703Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2704cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2705preprocessed.
2706
2707@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2708@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2709@kindex #NO_APP
2710@kindex #APP
2711If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2712@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2713Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2714specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2715text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2716@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2717@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2718and whitespace.
2719
2720@node Whitespace
2721@section Whitespace
2722
2723@cindex whitespace
2724@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2725Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2726people to read. Unless within character constants
2727(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2728as exactly one space.
2729
2730@node Comments
2731@section Comments
2732
2733@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2734There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2735cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2736
2737Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2738This means you may not nest these comments.
2739
2740@smallexample
2741/*
2742 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2743 is to use this sort of comment.
2744*/
2745
2746/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2747@end smallexample
2748
2749@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2750Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2751considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2752specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2753line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2754line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2755comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2756upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2757@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2758
2759If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2760special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2761to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2762
2763@kindex #
2764@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2765@cindex logical line numbers
2766To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2767special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2768expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2769line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2770new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2771
2772If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2773the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2774
2775@smallexample
2776 # This is an ordinary comment.
2777# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2778 # This is logical line # 36.
2779@end smallexample
2780This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2781of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2782
2783@node Symbol Intro
2784@section Symbols
2785
2786@cindex characters used in symbols
2787@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2788A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2789letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2790@samp{_.$}.
2791@end ifclear
2792@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2793@ifclear GENERIC
2794@ifset H8
2795A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2796letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2797@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2798symbol names.)
2799@end ifset
2800@end ifclear
2801@end ifset
2802@ifset GENERIC
2803On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2804are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2805@end ifset
2806No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2807There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2808are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2809beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2810of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2811
2812Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2813cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2814quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2815backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2816@cindex length of symbols
2817
2818@node Statements
2819@section Statements
2820
2821@cindex statements, structure of
2822@cindex line separator character
2823@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2824
2825A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2826@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2827specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2828target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2829The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2830preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2831exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2832
2833@cindex newline, required at file end
2834@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2835It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2836character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2837
2838An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2839
2840@cindex instructions and directives
2841@cindex directives and instructions
2842@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2843@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2844@c 13feb91.
2845A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2846key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2847symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2848symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2849directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2850a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2851assembles into a machine language instruction.
2852@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2853Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2854recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2855represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2856language.@refill
2857@end ifset
2858
2859@cindex @code{:} (label)
2860@cindex label (@code{:})
2861A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2862Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2863have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2864
2865@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2866For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2867the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2868only one label may be defined on each line.
2869@end ifset
2870
2871@smallexample
2872label: .directive followed by something
2873another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2874 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2875@end smallexample
2876
2877@node Constants
2878@section Constants
2879
2880@cindex constants
2881A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2882inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2883@smallexample
2884@group
2885.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2886.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2887.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2888.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
288995028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2890@end group
2891@end smallexample
2892
2893@menu
2894* Characters:: Character Constants
2895* Numbers:: Number Constants
2896@end menu
2897
2898@node Characters
2899@subsection Character Constants
2900
2901@cindex character constants
2902@cindex constants, character
2903There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2904for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2905numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2906@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2907used in arithmetic expressions.
2908
2909@menu
2910* Strings:: Strings
2911* Chars:: Characters
2912@end menu
2913
2914@node Strings
2915@subsubsection Strings
2916
2917@cindex string constants
2918@cindex constants, string
2919A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2920double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2921into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2922a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2923one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2924@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2925(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2926escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2927
2928@cindex escape codes, character
2929@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2930@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2931@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2932@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2933@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2934@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2935@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2936@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2937@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2938@table @kbd
2939@c @item \a
2940@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2941@c
361fa3a4 2942@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2943@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2944@item \b
2945Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2946
2947@c @item \e
2948@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2949@c
361fa3a4 2950@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2951@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2952@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2953Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2954
361fa3a4 2955@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2956@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2957@item \n
2958Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2959
2960@c @item \p
2961@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2962@c
361fa3a4
NC
2963@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2964@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2965@item \r
2966Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2967
2968@c @item \s
2969@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2970@c other assemblers.
2971@c
361fa3a4 2972@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2973@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2974@item \t
2975Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2976
2977@c @item \v
2978@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2979@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2980@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2981@c
361fa3a4 2982@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2983@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2984@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2985An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2986For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2987for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2988
361fa3a4 2989@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
2990@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2991@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2992A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2993lower case @code{x} works.
2994
361fa3a4 2995@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
2996@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2997@item \\
2998Represents one @samp{\} character.
2999
3000@c @item \'
3001@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3002@c This is needed in single character literals
3003@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3004@c a @samp{'}.
3005@c
361fa3a4 3006@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3007@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3008@item \"
3009Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3010this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3011
3012@item \ @var{anything-else}
3013Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3014assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3015you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3016interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3017other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3018code and warns you of the fact.
3019@end table
3020
3021Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3022varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3023the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3024compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3025sequence.
3026
3027@node Chars
3028@subsubsection Characters
3029
3030@cindex single character constant
3031@cindex character, single
3032@cindex constant, single character
3033A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3034followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3035to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3036must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3037@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3038grave accent. A newline
3039@ifclear GENERIC
3040@ifclear abnormal-separator
3041(or semicolon @samp{;})
3042@end ifclear
3043@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3044@ifset H8
3045(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3046Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3047@end ifset
3048@end ifset
3049@end ifclear
3050immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3051and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3052constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3053that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3054@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3055
3056@node Numbers
3057@subsection Number Constants
3058
3059@cindex constants, number
3060@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3061@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3062are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3063would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3064integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3065are floating point numbers, described below.
3066
3067@menu
3068* Integers:: Integers
3069* Bignums:: Bignums
3070* Flonums:: Flonums
3071@ifclear GENERIC
3072@ifset I960
3073* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3074@end ifset
3075@end ifclear
3076@end menu
3077
3078@node Integers
3079@subsubsection Integers
3080@cindex integers
3081@cindex constants, integer
3082
3083@cindex binary integers
3084@cindex integers, binary
3085A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3086the binary digits @samp{01}.
3087
3088@cindex octal integers
3089@cindex integers, octal
3090An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3091digits (@samp{01234567}).
3092
3093@cindex decimal integers
3094@cindex integers, decimal
3095A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3096more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3097
3098@cindex hexadecimal integers
3099@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3100A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3101more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3102
3103Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3104the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3105(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3106
3107@node Bignums
3108@subsubsection Bignums
3109
3110@cindex bignums
3111@cindex constants, bignum
3112A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3113except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3114represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3115integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3116
3117@node Flonums
3118@subsubsection Flonums
3119@cindex flonums
3120@cindex floating point numbers
3121@cindex constants, floating point
3122
3123@cindex precision, floating point
3124A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3125indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3126@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3127sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3128to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3129portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3130
3131A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3132@itemize @bullet
3133@item
3134The digit @samp{0}.
3135@ifset HPPA
3136(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3137@end ifset
3138
3139@item
a4fb0134 3140A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3141@ifset GENERIC
3142@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3143@ignore
3144@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3145(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31464.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3147@end ignore
3148
7be1c489 3149On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3150and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3151one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3152
3153On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3154(in upper or lower case).
3155
3156On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3157one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3158
3159On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3160@end ifset
3161@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3162@ifset ARC
3163One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3164@end ifset
3165@ifset H8
3166One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3167@end ifset
3168@ifset HPPA
3169The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3170@end ifset
3171@ifset I960
3172One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3173@end ifset
3174@end ifclear
3175
3176@item
3177An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3178
3179@item
3180An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3181
3182@item
3183An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3184or more decimal digits.
3185
3186@item
3187An optional exponent, consisting of:
3188
3189@itemize @bullet
3190@item
3191An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3192@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3193@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3194@item
3195Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3196@item
3197One or more decimal digits.
3198@end itemize
3199
3200@end itemize
3201
3202At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3203present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3204
a4fb0134 3205@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3206independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3207@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3208
3209@ifclear GENERIC
3210@ifset I960
3211@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3212@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3213@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3214@node Bit Fields
3215@subsubsection Bit Fields
3216
3217@cindex bit fields
3218@cindex constants, bit field
3219You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3220Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3221@example
3222@var{mask}:@var{value}
3223@end example
3224@noindent
a4fb0134 3225@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3226@var{value}.
3227
3228The resulting number is then packed
3229@ifset GENERIC
3230@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3231(in host-dependent byte order)
3232@end ifset
3233into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3234bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3235requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3236more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3237least significant digits.@refill
3238
3239The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3240@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3241@end ifset
3242@end ifclear
3243
3244@node Sections
3245@chapter Sections and Relocation
3246@cindex sections
3247@cindex relocation
3248
3249@menu
3250* Secs Background:: Background
3251* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3252* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3253* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3254* bss:: bss Section
3255@end menu
3256
3257@node Secs Background
3258@section Background
3259
3260Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3261``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3262For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3263
3264@cindex linker, and assembler
3265@cindex assembler, and linker
3266The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3267combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3268emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3269@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3270different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3271oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3272sections.
3273
3274@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3275addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3276units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3277within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3278run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3279the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3280the proper run-time addresses.
3281@ifset H8
7be1c489 3282For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3283@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3284ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3285@end ifset
3286
3287@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3288An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3289of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3290@dfn{bss} sections.
3291
c1253627 3292@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3293@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3294When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3295@end ifset
a4fb0134 3296@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3297using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3298If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3299or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3300@end ifset
3301
3302@ifset HPPA
3303@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3304When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3305@end ifset
a4fb0134 3306@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3307specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3308@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3309(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3310assembler directives.
3311
3312@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3313Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3314text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3315is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3316BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3317@end ifset
3318@end ifset
3319
3320Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3321data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3322
3323@ifset HPPA
3324When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3325section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3326@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3327@end ifset
3328
3329To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3330relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3331object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3332@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3333file is mentioned:
3334@itemize @bullet
3335@item
3336Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3337an address?
3338@item
3339How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3340@item
3341Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3342@display
3343(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3344@end display
3345@item
3346Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3347@end itemize
3348
3349@cindex addresses, format of
3350@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3351In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3352@display
3353(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3354@end display
3355@noindent
a4fb0134 3356Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3357nature.
3358@ifset SOM
3359(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3360symbol-relative instead.)
3361@end ifset
3362
3363In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3364@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3365
3366Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3367@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3368addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3369@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3370@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3371data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3372their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3373part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3374address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3375
3376The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3377address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3378rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3379Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3380address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3381common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3382time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3383
3384By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3385the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3386sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3387customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3388the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3389data and bss sections.
3390
3391Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3392use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3393
3394@node Ld Sections
3395@section Linker Sections
3396@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3397
3398@table @strong
3399
c1253627 3400@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3401@cindex named sections
3402@cindex sections, named
3403@item named sections
3404@end ifset
3405@ifset aout-bout
3406@cindex text section
3407@cindex data section
3408@itemx text section
3409@itemx data section
3410@end ifset
a4fb0134 3411These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3412separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3413true of another.
3414@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3415When the program is running, however, it is
3416customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3417text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3418instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3419program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3420in the data section.
c1253627 3421@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3422
3423@cindex bss section
3424@item bss section
3425This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3426is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3427each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3428out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3429bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3430those explicit zeros from object files.
3431
3432@cindex absolute section
3433@item absolute section
3434Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3435This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3436not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3437addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3438
3439@cindex undefined section
3440@item undefined section
3441This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3442the preceding sections.
3443@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3444@end table
3445
3446@cindex relocation example
3447An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3448@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3449The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3450@end ifset
3451Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3452
3453@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3454@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3455@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3456@smallexample
3457 +-----+----+--+
3458partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3459 +-----+----+--+
3460
3461 text data bss
3462 seg. seg. seg.
3463
3464 +---+---+---+
3465partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3466 +---+---+---+
3467
3468 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3469linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3470 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3471
3472 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3473@end smallexample
3474@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3475@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3476@need 5000
3477@tex
c1253627 3478\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3479\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3480\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3481\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3482
3483\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3484\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3485\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3486
3487\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3488\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3489\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3490ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3491DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3492
3493\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3494\line{0\dots\hfil}
3495
3496@end tex
3497@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3498
3499@node As Sections
3500@section Assembler Internal Sections
3501
3502@cindex internal assembler sections
3503@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3504These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3505have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3506sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3507warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3508meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3509value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3510section-relative address.
3511
3512@table @b
3513@cindex assembler internal logic error
3514@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3515An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3516bug in the assembler.
3517
3518@cindex expr (internal section)
3519@item expr section
3520The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3521symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3522it in the expr section.
3523@c FIXME item debug
3524@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3525@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3526@c FIXME item register
3527@end table
3528
3529@node Sub-Sections
3530@section Sub-Sections
3531
3532@cindex numbered subsections
3533@cindex grouping data
3534@ifset aout-bout
3535Assembled bytes
c1253627 3536@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3537conventionally
3538@end ifset
3539fall into two sections: text and data.
3540@end ifset
3541You may have separate groups of
3542@ifset GENERIC
3543data in named sections
3544@end ifset
3545@ifclear GENERIC
3546@ifclear aout-bout
3547data in named sections
3548@end ifclear
3549@ifset aout-bout
3550text or data
3551@end ifset
3552@end ifclear
3553that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3554are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3555use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3556numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3557same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3558subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3559section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3560assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3561section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3562constants being output.
3563
3564Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3565goes in subsection number zero.
3566
3567@ifset GENERIC
3568Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3569(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3570of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3571@end ifset
3572@ifclear GENERIC
3573@ifset H8
7be1c489 3574On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3575boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3576The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3577@end ifset
3578@ifset I960
3579@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3580@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3581@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3582@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3583@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3584@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3585@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3586@end ifclear
3587
3588Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3589to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3590The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3591other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3592They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3593data subsections as a data section.
3594
3595To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3596into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3597@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3598@ifset COFF
252b5132 3599@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3600When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3601@end ifset
3602@ifclear GENERIC
3603You
3604@end ifclear
3605can also use an extra subsection
3606argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3607@var{expression}}.
3608@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3609@ifset ELF
3610@ifset GENERIC
3611When generating ELF output, you
3612@end ifset
3613@ifclear GENERIC
3614You
3615@end ifclear
3616can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3617to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3618@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3619@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3620(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3621is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3622begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3623@smallexample
3624.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3625.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3626.text 1
3627.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3628.data 0
3629.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3630.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3631.text 0
3632.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3633.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3634@end smallexample
3635
3636Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3637assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3638restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3639counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3640@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3641current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3642assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3643
3644@node bss
3645@section bss Section
3646
3647@cindex bss section
3648@cindex common variable storage
3649The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3650You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3651not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3652your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3653section are zeroed bytes.
3654
3655The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3656@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3657
3658The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3659another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3660
3661@ifset GENERIC
3662When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3663COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3664see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3665section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3666@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3667@end ifset
3668
3669@node Symbols
3670@chapter Symbols
3671
3672@cindex symbols
3673Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3674things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3675to debug.
3676
3677@quotation
3678@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3679@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3680the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3681@end quotation
3682
3683@menu
3684* Labels:: Labels
3685* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3686* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3687* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3688* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3689@end menu
3690
3691@node Labels
3692@section Labels
3693
3694@cindex labels
3695A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3696@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3697active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3698operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3699different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3700definitions.
3701
3702@ifset HPPA
3703On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3704colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3705a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3706provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3707@end ifset
3708
3709@node Setting Symbols
3710@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3711
3712@cindex assigning values to symbols
3713@cindex symbol values, assigning
3714A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3715by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3716(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3717directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3718equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3719@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3720
f8739b83
JZ
3721@ifset Blackfin
3722Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3723@end ifset
3724
252b5132
RH
3725@node Symbol Names
3726@section Symbol Names
3727
3728@cindex symbol names
3729@cindex names, symbol
3730@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3731Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3732machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3733noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3734string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3735particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3736@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3737@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3738@ifset H8
3739Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3740Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3741character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3742on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3743@end ifset
3744@end ifset
3745
3746Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3747than @code{Foo}.
3748
ed1fcdd1
NC
3749Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3750Local Labels. See below.
3751
7bfd842d
NC
3752Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3753multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3754@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3755currently supported.
3756
252b5132
RH
3757Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3758refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3759in a program.
3760
3761@subheading Local Symbol Names
3762
3763@cindex local symbol names
3764@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3765A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3766By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3767@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3768set of local label prefixes.
3769@ifset HPPA
3770On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3771@end ifset
3772
3773Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3774normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3775You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3776to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3777
3778@subheading Local Labels
3779
3780@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3781@cindex temporary symbol names
3782@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3783Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3784programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3785be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3786referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3787the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3788To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3789@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3790to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3791stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3792
3793There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3794too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3795the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3796defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3797definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3798noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3799implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3800
3801Here is an example:
3802
3803@smallexample
38041: branch 1f
38052: branch 1b
38061: branch 2f
38072: branch 1b
3808@end smallexample
3809
3810Which is the equivalent of:
3811
3812@smallexample
3813label_1: branch label_3
3814label_2: branch label_1
3815label_3: branch label_4
3816label_4: branch label_3
3817@end smallexample
3818
ba83aca1 3819Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3820transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3821The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3822are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3823these parts:
252b5132
RH
3824
3825@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3826@item @emph{local label prefix}
3827All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3828Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3829that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3830used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3831@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3832object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3833you may use them in debugging.
3834
2d5aaba0
NC
3835@item @var{number}
3836This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3837label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3838
2d5aaba0
NC
3839@item @kbd{C-B}
3840This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3841of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3842
3843@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3844This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3845@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3846number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3847the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3848@end table
3849
ba83aca1
BW
3850So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3851the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3852
3853@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3854@cindex dollar local symbols
3855
ed1fcdd1
NC
3856On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3857local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3858become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3859valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3860by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3861by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3862
3863Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3864except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3865@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3866
3867They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3868names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3869to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3870@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3871
3872@node Dot
3873@section The Special Dot Symbol
3874
3875@cindex dot (symbol)
3876@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3877@cindex current address
3878@cindex location counter
3879The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3880@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3881.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3882Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3883directive.
252b5132 3884@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3885Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3886@samp{.space 4}.
3887@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3888
3889@node Symbol Attributes
3890@section Symbol Attributes
3891
3892@cindex symbol attributes
3893@cindex attributes, symbol
3894Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3895``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3896attributes.
3897@ifset INTERNALS
3898The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3899@end ifset
3900
a4fb0134 3901If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3902all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3903symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3904would want.
3905
3906@menu
3907* Symbol Value:: Value
3908* Symbol Type:: Type
3909@ifset aout-bout
3910@ifset GENERIC
3911* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3912@end ifset
3913@ifclear GENERIC
3914@ifclear BOUT
3915* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3916@end ifclear
3917@ifset BOUT
3918* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3919@end ifset
3920@end ifclear
3921@end ifset
3922@ifset COFF
3923* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3924@end ifset
3925@ifset SOM
3926* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3927@end ifset
3928@end menu
3929
3930@node Symbol Value
3931@subsection Value
3932
3933@cindex value of a symbol
3934@cindex symbol value
3935The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3936location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3937number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3938Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3939as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3940symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3941called absolute.
3942
3943The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39440 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3945@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3946same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3947name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3948common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3949bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3950allocated storage.
3951
3952@node Symbol Type
3953@subsection Type
3954
3955@cindex type of a symbol
3956@cindex symbol type
3957The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3958information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3959(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3960format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3961
3962@ifset aout-bout
3963@ifclear GENERIC
3964@ifset BOUT
3965@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3966@c better if it were available outside examples.
3967@need 1000
3968@node a.out Symbols
3969@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3970
3971@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3972@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3973These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3974one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3975@code{b.out}.
3976
3977@end ifset
3978@ifclear BOUT
3979@node a.out Symbols
3980@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3981
3982@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3983@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3984
3985@end ifclear
3986@end ifclear
3987@ifset GENERIC
3988@node a.out Symbols
3989@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3990
3991@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3992@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3993
3994@end ifset
3995@menu
3996* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3997* Symbol Other:: Other
3998@end menu
3999
4000@node Symbol Desc
4001@subsubsection Descriptor
4002
4003@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4004This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4005descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4006(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4007@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4008
4009@node Symbol Other
4010@subsubsection Other
4011
4012@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4013This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4014@end ifset
4015
4016@ifset COFF
4017@node COFF Symbols
4018@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4019
4020@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4021@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4022
4023The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4024like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4025@code{.endef} directives.
4026
4027@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4028
4029@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4030The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4031respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4032
4033@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4034
4035@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4036The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4037@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4038table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4039@end ifset
4040
4041@ifset SOM
4042@node SOM Symbols
4043@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4044
4045@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4046@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4047
4048The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4049the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4050
01642c12 4051The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4052Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4053@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4054@end ifset
4055
4056@node Expressions
4057@chapter Expressions
4058
4059@cindex expressions
4060@cindex addresses
4061@cindex numeric values
4062An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4063Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4064
4065The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4066a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4067enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4068section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4069the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4070@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4071
4072@menu
4073* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4074* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4075@end menu
4076
4077@node Empty Exprs
4078@section Empty Expressions
4079
4080@cindex empty expressions
4081@cindex expressions, empty
4082An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4083Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4084expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4085is compatible with other assemblers.
4086
4087@node Integer Exprs
4088@section Integer Expressions
4089
4090@cindex integer expressions
4091@cindex expressions, integer
4092An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4093by @emph{operators}.
4094
4095@menu
4096* Arguments:: Arguments
4097* Operators:: Operators
4098* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4099* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4100@end menu
4101
4102@node Arguments
4103@subsection Arguments
4104
4105@cindex expression arguments
4106@cindex arguments in expressions
4107@cindex operands in expressions
4108@cindex arithmetic operands
4109@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4110contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4111this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4112the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4113expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4114instruction operands.
4115
4116Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4117@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4118or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4119integer.
4120
4121Numbers are usually integers.
4122
4123A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4124that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4125these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4126instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4127assemblers.
4128
4129@cindex subexpressions
4130Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4131expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4132operator followed by an argument.
4133
4134@node Operators
4135@subsection Operators
4136
4137@cindex operators, in expressions
4138@cindex arithmetic functions
4139@cindex functions, in expressions
4140@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4141operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4142between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4143whitespace.
4144
4145@node Prefix Ops
4146@subsection Prefix Operator
4147
4148@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4149@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4150one argument, which must be absolute.
4151
4152@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4153@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4154@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4155@tex
4156\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4157@end tex
4158
4159@table @code
4160@item -
4161@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4162@item ~
4163@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4164@end table
4165
4166@tex
4167\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4168@end tex
4169
4170@node Infix Ops
4171@subsection Infix Operators
4172
4173@cindex infix operators
4174@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4175@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4176have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4177to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4178absolute, and the result is absolute.
4179
4180@enumerate
4181@cindex operator precedence
4182@cindex precedence of operators
4183
4184@item
4185Highest Precedence
4186
4187@table @code
4188@item *
4189@dfn{Multiplication}.
4190
4191@item /
4192@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4193
4194@item %
4195@dfn{Remainder}.
4196
d1eac9d9 4197@item <<
252b5132
RH
4198@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4199
d1eac9d9 4200@item >>
252b5132
RH
4201@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4202@end table
4203
4204@item
4205Intermediate precedence
4206
4207@table @code
4208@item |
4209
4210@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4211
4212@item &
4213@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4214
4215@item ^
4216@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4217
4218@item !
4219@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4220@end table
4221
4222@item
b131d4dc 4223Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4224
4225@table @code
4226@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4227@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4228@cindex arguments for addition
4229@item +
4230@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4231the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4232sections.
4233
4234@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4235@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4236@cindex arguments for subtraction
4237@item -
4238@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4239result has the section of the left argument.
4240If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4241You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4242@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4243
4244@cindex comparison expressions
4245@cindex expressions, comparison
4246@item ==
4247@dfn{Is Equal To}
4248@item <>
723a8472 4249@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4250@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4251@item <
4252@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4253@item >
b131d4dc 4254@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4255@item >=
b131d4dc 4256@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4257@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4258@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4259
4260The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4261value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4262perform signed comparisons.
4263@end table
4264
4265@item Lowest Precedence
4266
4267@table @code
4268@item &&
4269@dfn{Logical And}.
4270
4271@item ||
4272@dfn{Logical Or}.
4273
4274These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4275expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4276value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4277or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4278
252b5132
RH
4279@end table
4280@end enumerate
4281
4282In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4283address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4284
4285@node Pseudo Ops
4286@chapter Assembler Directives
4287
4288@cindex directives, machine independent
4289@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4290@cindex machine independent directives
4291All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4292The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4293in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4294
4295This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4296target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4297@ifset GENERIC
4298Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4299@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4300@end ifset
4301@ifclear GENERIC
4302@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4303@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4304@end ifset
4305@end ifclear
4306
4307@menu
4308* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4309@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4310* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4311@end ifset
f0dc282c 4312
252b5132 4313* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4314* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4315* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4316* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4317* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4318* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4319* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4320* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4321* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4322* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4323@ifset COFF
4324* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4325@end ifset
4326@ifset aout-bout
4327* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4328@end ifset
4329@ifset COFF
4330* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4331@end ifset
f0dc282c 4332
252b5132
RH
4333* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4334* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4335* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4336* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4337* End:: @code{.end}
4338@ifset COFF
4339* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4340@end ifset
f0dc282c 4341
252b5132
RH
4342* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4343* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4344* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4345* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4346* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4347* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4348* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4349* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4350* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4351* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4352* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4353* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4354* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4355* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4356* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4357@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4358* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4359* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4360@end ifset
f0dc282c 4361
252b5132
RH
4362* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4363* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4364* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4365* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4366* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4367* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4368@ifset ELF
4369* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4370@end ifset
f0dc282c 4371
252b5132
RH
4372* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4373* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4374* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4375* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4376@ifclear no-line-dir
4377* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4378@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4379
252b5132
RH
4380* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4381* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4382* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4383* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4384* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4385@ifset ELF
4386* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4387@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4388
252b5132
RH
4389* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4390@ignore
4391* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4392@end ignore
f0dc282c 4393
252b5132
RH
4394* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4395* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4396* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4397* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4398* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4399* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4400* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4401* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4402@ifset ELF
4403* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4404* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4405@end ifset
f0dc282c 4406
252b5132 4407* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4408@ifset ELF
4409* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4410@end ifset
f0dc282c 4411
252b5132
RH
4412* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4413* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4414@ifset ELF
4415* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4416@end ifset
f0dc282c 4417
252b5132 4418* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4419* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4420* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4421* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4422@ifset COFF
4423* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4424@end ifset
4425@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4426* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4427@end ifset
f0dc282c 4428
252b5132
RH
4429* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4430* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4431* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4432@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4433* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4434@end ifset
884f0d36 4435@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4436* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4437@end ifclear
4438
252b5132 4439* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4440@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4441* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4442@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4443@ifset have-stabs
4444* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4445@end ifset
f0dc282c 4446
38a57ae7 4447* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4448* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4449@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4450* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4451* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4452@end ifset
f0dc282c 4453
252b5132
RH
4454@ifset COFF
4455* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4456@end ifset
f0dc282c 4457
252b5132
RH
4458* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4459* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4460@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4461* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4462@end ifset
4463
c91d2e08 4464* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4465@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4466* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4467@end ifset
f0dc282c 4468
2e13b764 4469@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4470* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4471* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4472* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4473@end ifset
f0dc282c 4474
d190d046 4475* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4476* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4477* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4478* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4479@ifclear no-space-dir
4480* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4481@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4482* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4483@end menu
4484
4485@node Abort
4486@section @code{.abort}
4487
4488@cindex @code{abort} directive
4489@cindex stopping the assembly
4490This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4491compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4492assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4493of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4494quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4495
4496@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4497@node ABORT (COFF)
4498@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4499
4500@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4501When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4502synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4503
4504@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4505When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4506but ignores it.
4507@end ifset
4508@end ifset
4509
4510@node Align
4511@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4512
4513@cindex padding the location counter
4514@cindex @code{align} directive
4515Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4516boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4517required, as described below.
4518
4519The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4520padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4521padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4522marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4523with no-op instructions.
4524
4525The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4526it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4527directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4528specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4529fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4530required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4531with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4532
4533The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4534For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4535s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4536alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4537the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4538is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4539first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4540
9e9a9798 4541For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4542strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4543number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4544advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4545counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4546multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4547
4548This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4549native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4550GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4551described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4552architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4553
ccf8a69b
BW
4554@node Altmacro
4555@section @code{.altmacro}
4556Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4557
4558@ftable @code
4559@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4560One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4561generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4562replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4563replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4564separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4565define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4566
4567@item String delimiters
4568You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4569@code{"@var{string}"}:
4570
4571@table @code
4572@item '@var{string}'
4573You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4574
4575@item <@var{string}>
4576You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4577@end table
4578
4579@item single-character string escape
4580To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4581character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4582character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4583write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4584
4585@item Expression results as strings
4586You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4587and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4588@end ftable
4589
252b5132
RH
4590@node Ascii
4591@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4592
4593@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4594@cindex string literals
4595@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4596separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4597trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4598
4599@node Asciz
4600@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4601
4602@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4603@cindex zero-terminated strings
4604@cindex null-terminated strings
4605@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4606a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4607
4608@node Balign
4609@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4610
4611@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4612@cindex @code{balign} directive
4613Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4614storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4615alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4616the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4617is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4618
4619The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4620padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4621padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4622marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4623with no-op instructions.
4624
4625The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4626it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4627directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4628specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4629fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4630required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4631with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4632
4633@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4634@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4635The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4636@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4637pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4638fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46394,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4640filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4641the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4642undefined.
4643
fa94de6b 4644@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4645@section Bundle directives
4646@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4647@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4648@cindex bundle
4649@cindex instruction bundle
4650@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4651@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4652bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4653into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4654disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4655gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4656@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4657
4658For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4659certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4660instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4661@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4662chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4663effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4664instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4665that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4666end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4667starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4668instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4669
d3b47e2b 4670@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4671@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4672@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4673The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4674allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4675are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4676aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4677@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4678directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4679
4680@cindex bundle-locked
4681For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4682appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4683instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4684and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4685instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4686sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4687@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4688entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4689boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4690first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4691aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4692bundle size.
4693
d416e51d
RM
4694For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4695inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4696nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4697@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4698matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4699same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4700
252b5132
RH
4701@node Byte
4702@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4703
4704@cindex @code{byte} directive
4705@cindex integers, one byte
4706@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4707Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4708
54cfded0 4709@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4710@section CFI directives
4711@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4712@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4713@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4714should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4715If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4716if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4717To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4718directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4719
2f0c68f2
CM
4720On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4721by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4722
bd5608dc
NC
4723Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4724which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4725
4726The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4727arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4728generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4729redefine it will result in an error.
4730
d3b47e2b 4731@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4732@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4733@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4734should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4735data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4736@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4737
01642c12 4738Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4739it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4740
d3b47e2b 4741@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4742@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4743@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4744unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4745@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4746
d3b47e2b 4747@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4748@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4749@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4750@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4751should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4752argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4753a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4754the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4755can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4756The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4757no personality routine.
4758
2f0c68f2
CM
4759@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4760@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4761@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4762defined in a compact unwinding format.
4763Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4764with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4765
4766@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4767@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4768@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4769used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4770@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4771in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4772Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4773with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4774
d3b47e2b 4775@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4776@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4777@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4778should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4779argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4780or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4781meaning that no LSDA is present.
4782
4783@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4784@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4785switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4786Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4787Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4788with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4789
4790The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4791so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4792referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4793in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4794by a section directive.
4795
4796The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4797The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4798@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4799
d3b47e2b 4800@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4801@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4802address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4803
d3b47e2b 4804@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4805@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4806now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4807remains the same.
4808
d3b47e2b 4809@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4810@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4811remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4812absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4813CFA address.
4814
d3b47e2b 4815@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4816Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4817value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4818
d3b47e2b 4819@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4820Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4821CFA.
54cfded0 4822
d3b47e2b 4823@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4824Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4825the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4826using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4827This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4828code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4829
d3b47e2b 4830@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4831Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4832
d3b47e2b 4833@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4834@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4835same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4836instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4837
d3b47e2b 4838@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4839From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4840
d3b47e2b 4841@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4842Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4843i.e. no restoration needed.
4844
48eac74c
MG
4845@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4846@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4847implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4848places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4849multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4850flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4851the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4852
4853@smallexample
4854 je label
4855 popq %rbx
4856 .cfi_restore %rbx
4857 popq %r12
4858 .cfi_restore %r12
4859 popq %rbp
4860 .cfi_restore %rbp
4861 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4862 ret
4863label:
4864 /* Do something else */
4865@end smallexample
4866
4867Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4868to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4869@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4870locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4871@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4872we can write:
4873
4874@smallexample
4875 je label
4876 popq %rbx
4877 .cfi_remember_state
4878 .cfi_restore %rbx
4879 popq %r12
4880 .cfi_restore %r12
4881 popq %rbp
4882 .cfi_restore %rbp
4883 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4884 ret
4885label:
4886 .cfi_restore_state
4887 /* Do something else */
4888@end smallexample
4889
4890That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4891as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4892@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4893
d3b47e2b 4894@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4895Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4896directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4897
d3b47e2b 4898@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4899Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4900
d3b47e2b 4901@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4902SPARC register window has been saved.
4903
d3b47e2b 4904@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4905Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4906might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4907opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4908
d3b47e2b 4909@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4910The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4911will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4912description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4913
4914The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4915limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4916mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4917by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4918or another register.
4919
ccf8a69b
BW
4920@node Comm
4921@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4922
ccf8a69b
BW
4923@cindex @code{comm} directive
4924@cindex symbol, common
4925@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4926common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4927of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4928definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4929allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4930absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4931the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4932using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4933
c1711530
DK
4934@ifset COFF-ELF
4935When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4936an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4937specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4938that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4939as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4940boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4941power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4942common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4943alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4944largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4945maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4946is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4947@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4948multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4949It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4950(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4951@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4952
ccf8a69b
BW
4953@ifset HPPA
4954The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4955@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4956@end ifset
07a53e5c 4957
252b5132
RH
4958@node Data
4959@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4960
4961@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4962@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4963end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4964absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4965to zero.
4966
4967@ifset COFF
4968@node Def
4969@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4970
4971@cindex @code{def} directive
4972@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4973@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4974Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4975definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4976@ifset BOUT
4977
a4fb0134 4978This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4979format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4980but ignored.
4981@end ifset
4982@end ifset
4983
4984@ifset aout-bout
4985@node Desc
4986@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4987
4988@cindex @code{desc} directive
4989@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4990@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4991This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4992to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4993
4994@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4995The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4996configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4997object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4998it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4999@end ifset
5000@end ifset
5001
5002@ifset COFF
5003@node Dim
5004@section @code{.dim}
5005
5006@cindex @code{dim} directive
5007@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5008@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5009This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5010information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5011@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5012@ifset BOUT
5013
5014@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5015@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5016ignores it.
5017@end ifset
5018@end ifset
5019
5020@node Double
5021@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5022
5023@cindex @code{double} directive
5024@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5025@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5026assembles floating point numbers.
5027@ifset GENERIC
5028The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5029@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5030@end ifset
5031@ifclear GENERIC
5032@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5033On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5034in @sc{ieee} format.
5035@end ifset
5036@end ifclear
5037
5038@node Eject
5039@section @code{.eject}
5040
5041@cindex @code{eject} directive
5042@cindex new page, in listings
5043@cindex page, in listings
5044@cindex listing control: new page
5045Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5046
5047@node Else
5048@section @code{.else}
5049
5050@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5051@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5052assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5053of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5054was false.
5055
3fd9f047
TW
5056@node Elseif
5057@section @code{.elseif}
5058
5059@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5060@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5061assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5062@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5063
252b5132
RH
5064@node End
5065@section @code{.end}
5066
5067@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5068@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5069process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5070
5071@ifset COFF
5072@node Endef
5073@section @code{.endef}
5074
5075@cindex @code{endef} directive
5076This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5077@code{.def}.
5078@ifset BOUT
5079
5080@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5081@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5082directive but ignores it.
5083@end ifset
5084@end ifset
5085
5086@node Endfunc
5087@section @code{.endfunc}
5088@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5089@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5090
5091@node Endif
5092@section @code{.endif}
5093
5094@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5095@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5096it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5097conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5098
5099@node Equ
5100@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5101
5102@cindex @code{equ} directive
5103@cindex assigning values to symbols
5104@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5105This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5106It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5107
5108@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5109The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5110@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5111@end ifset
5112
3c9b82ba 5113@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5114The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5115@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5116On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5117but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5118Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5119@end ifset
5120
252b5132
RH
5121@node Equiv
5122@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5123@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5124The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5125the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5126symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5127undefined.
252b5132 5128
01642c12 5129Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5130@smallexample
5131.ifdef SYM
5132.err
5133.endif
5134.equ SYM,VAL
5135@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5136plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5137
5138@node Eqv
5139@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5140@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5141The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5142evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5143the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5144value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5145
5146@node Err
5147@section @code{.err}
5148@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5149If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5150message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5151object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5152
d190d046
HPN
5153@node Error
5154@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5155@cindex error directive
5156
5157Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5158string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5159message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5160@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5161
5162@smallexample
5163 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5164@end smallexample
5165
252b5132
RH
5166@node Exitm
5167@section @code{.exitm}
5168Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5169
5170@node Extern
5171@section @code{.extern}
5172
5173@cindex @code{extern} directive
5174@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5175with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5176all undefined symbols as external.
5177
5178@node Fail
5179@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5180
5181@cindex @code{fail} directive
5182Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5183or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5184than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5185include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5186complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5187
252b5132 5188@node File
14082c76 5189@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5190@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5191
5192@ifclear no-file-dir
5193There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5194that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5195@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5196
5197@subheading Default Version
5198
252b5132
RH
5199@cindex logical file name
5200@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5201This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5202are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5203
5204@smallexample
5205.file @var{string}
5206@end smallexample
5207
5208@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5209recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5210to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5211statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5212old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5213
5214@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5215@end ifclear
5216
14082c76
BW
5217When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5218to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5219
5220@smallexample
5221.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5222@end smallexample
5223
5224The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5225index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5226literal.
5227
5228The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5229table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5230information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5231entries will have.
5232
252b5132
RH
5233@node Fill
5234@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5235
5236@cindex @code{fill} directive
5237@cindex writing patterns in memory
5238@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5239@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5240This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5241may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5242more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5243other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5244is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5245zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5246byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5247Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5248@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5249compatible with other people's assemblers.
5250
5251@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5252If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5253assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5254@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5255
5256@node Float
5257@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5258
5259@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5260@cindex @code{float} directive
5261This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5262has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5263@ifset GENERIC
5264The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5265@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5266@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5267@end ifset
5268@ifclear GENERIC
5269@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5270On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5271in @sc{ieee} format.
5272@end ifset
5273@end ifclear
5274
5275@node Func
5276@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5277@cindex @code{func} directive
5278@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5279is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5280Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5281@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5282prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5283@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5284All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5285The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5286
5287@node Global
5288@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5289
5290@cindex @code{global} directive
5291@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5292@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5293@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5294other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5295@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5296from another file linked into the same program.
5297
5298Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5299compatibility with other assemblers.
5300
5301@ifset HPPA
5302On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5303partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5304@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5305@end ifset
5306
c91d2e08 5307@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5308@node Gnu_attribute
5309@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5310Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5311
c91d2e08
NC
5312@node Hidden
5313@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5314
c1253627
NC
5315@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5316@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5317This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5318@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5319@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5320
5321This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5322their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5323@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5324Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5325@end ifset
5326
252b5132
RH
5327@node hword
5328@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5329
5330@cindex @code{hword} directive
5331@cindex integers, 16-bit
5332@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5333@cindex sixteen bit integers
5334This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5335a 16 bit number for each.
5336
5337@ifset GENERIC
5338This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5339architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5340@end ifset
5341@ifclear GENERIC
5342@ifset W32
5343This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5344@end ifset
5345@ifset W16
5346This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5347@end ifset
5348@end ifclear
5349
5350@node Ident
5351@section @code{.ident}
5352
5353@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5354
5355This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5356behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5357a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5358source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5359for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5360@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5361emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5362
5363@node If
5364@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5365
5366@cindex conditional assembly
5367@cindex @code{if} directive
5368@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5369considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5370(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5371the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5372(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5373alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5374If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5375nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5376
5377The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5378@table @code
5379@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5380@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5381Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5382has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5383is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5384
26aca5f6
JB
5385@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5386@item .ifb @var{text}
5387Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5388
252b5132
RH
5389@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5390@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5391Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5392strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5393the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5394end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5395string comparison is case sensitive.
5396
5397@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5398@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5399Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5400
5401@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5402@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5403Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5404
5405@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5406@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5407Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5408equal to zero.
5409
5410@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5411@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5412Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5413
5414@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5415@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5416Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5417to zero.
5418
5419@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5420@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5421Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5422
26aca5f6
JB
5423@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5424@item .ifnb @var{text}
5425Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5426following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5427
252b5132
RH
5428@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5429@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5430Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5431following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5432
5433@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5434@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5435@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5436@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5437Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5438has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5439which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5440
5441@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5442@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5443Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5444(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5445
5446@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5447@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5448Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5449following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5450@end table
5451
7e005732
NC
5452@node Incbin
5453@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5454
5455@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5456@cindex binary files, including
5457The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5458location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5459option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5460around @var{file}.
5461
5462The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5463@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5464read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5465responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5466after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5467
252b5132
RH
5468@node Include
5469@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5470
5471@cindex @code{include} directive
5472@cindex supporting files, including
5473@cindex files, including
5474This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5475points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5476if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5477included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5478can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5479(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5480around @var{file}.
5481
5482@node Int
5483@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5484
5485@cindex @code{int} directive
5486@cindex integers, 32-bit
5487Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5488For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5489expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5490of target the assembly is for.
5491
5492@ifclear GENERIC
5493@ifset H8
7be1c489 5494On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5495integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
549632-bit integers.
5497@end ifset
5498@end ifclear
5499
c91d2e08
NC
5500@ifset ELF
5501@node Internal
5502@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5503
c1253627
NC
5504@cindex @code{internal} directive
5505@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5506This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5507@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5508@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5509
5510This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5511their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5512@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5513(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5514processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5515@end ifset
5516
252b5132
RH
5517@node Irp
5518@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5519
5520@cindex @code{irp} directive
5521Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5522The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5523terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5524set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5525@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5526@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5527sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5528
5529For example, assembling
5530
5531@example
5532 .irp param,1,2,3
5533 move d\param,sp@@-
5534 .endr
5535@end example
5536
5537is equivalent to assembling
5538
5539@example
5540 move d1,sp@@-
5541 move d2,sp@@-
5542 move d3,sp@@-
5543@end example
5544
96e9638b 5545For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5546
252b5132
RH
5547@node Irpc
5548@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5549
5550@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5551Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5552The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5553terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5554@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5555assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5556assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5557@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5558
5559For example, assembling
5560
5561@example
5562 .irpc param,123
5563 move d\param,sp@@-
5564 .endr
5565@end example
5566
5567is equivalent to assembling
5568
5569@example
5570 move d1,sp@@-
5571 move d2,sp@@-
5572 move d3,sp@@-
5573@end example
5574
5e75c3ab
JB
5575For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5576at @xref{Macro}.
5577
252b5132
RH
5578@node Lcomm
5579@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5580
5581@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5582@cindex local common symbols
5583@cindex symbols, local common
5584Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5585denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5586those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5587section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5588is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5589not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5590
5591@ifset GENERIC
5592Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5593argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5594@end ifset
5595
5596@ifset HPPA
5597The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5598@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5599@end ifset
5600
5601@node Lflags
5602@section @code{.lflags}
5603
5604@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5605@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5606assemblers, but ignores it.
5607
5608@ifclear no-line-dir
5609@node Line
5610@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5611
5612@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5613@cindex logical line number
5614@ifset aout-bout
5615Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5616expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5617statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5618reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5619@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5620for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5621@end ifset
5622
252b5132 5623Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5624@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5625when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5626were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5627@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5628
5629Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5630used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5631debugging.
5632@end ifclear
5633
5634@node Linkonce
5635@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5636@cindex COMDAT
5637@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5638@cindex common sections
5639Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5640This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5641but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5642The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5643Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5644unique.
5645
5646This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5647writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5648Executable format used on Windows NT.
5649
5650The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5651following strings. For example:
5652@smallexample
5653.linkonce same_size
5654@end smallexample
5655Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5656
5657@table @code
5658@item discard
5659Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5660
5661@item one_only
5662Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5663
5664@item same_size
5665Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5666
5667@item same_contents
5668Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5669@end table
5670
ccf8a69b
BW
5671@node List
5672@section @code{.list}
5673
5674@cindex @code{list} directive
5675@cindex listing control, turning on
5676Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5677not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5678internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5679counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5680generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5681
5682By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5683@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5684the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5685
252b5132
RH
5686@node Ln
5687@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5688
5689@cindex @code{ln} directive
5690@ifclear no-line-dir
5691@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5692@end ifclear
5693@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5694Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5695must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5696line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5697statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5698line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5699@ifset BOUT
5700
a4fb0134 5701This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5702configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5703output format.
5704@end ifset
5705@end ifset
5706
ccf8a69b
BW
5707@node Loc
5708@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5709@cindex @code{loc} directive
5710When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5711the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5712number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5713instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5714arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5715the row is added.
252b5132 5716
ccf8a69b
BW
5717The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5718
5719@table @code
5720@item basic_block
5721This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5722@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5723
5724@item prologue_end
5725This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5726@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5727
5728@item epilogue_begin
5729This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5730@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5731
5732@item is_stmt @var{value}
5733This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5734@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5735either 0 or 1.
5736
5737@item isa @var{value}
5738This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5739state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5740
92846e72
CC
5741@item discriminator @var{value}
5742This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5743state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5744
ccf8a69b
BW
5745@end table
5746
5747@node Loc_mark_labels
5748@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5749@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5750When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5751the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5752to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5753register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5754The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5755this function respectively.
252b5132 5756
4d4175af
BW
5757@ifset ELF
5758@node Local
5759@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5760
5761@cindex @code{local} directive
5762This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5763the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5764will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5765they will be created.
5766
5767For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5768accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5769the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5770(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5771@end ifset
5772
252b5132
RH
5773@node Long
5774@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5775
5776@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5777@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5778
5779@ignore
5780@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5781@c what it really ought to do
5782@node Lsym
5783@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5784
5785@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5786@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5787@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5788the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5789rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5790the same as the expression value:
5791@smallexample
5792@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5793@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5794@var{value} = @var{expression}
5795@end smallexample
5796@noindent
5797The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5798@end ignore
5799
5800@node Macro
5801@section @code{.macro}
5802
5803@cindex macros
5804The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5805generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5806@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5807
5808@example
5809 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5810 .long \from
5811 .if \to-\from
5812 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5813 .endif
5814 .endm
5815@end example
5816
5817@noindent
5818With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5819
5820@example
5821 .long 0
5822 .long 1
5823 .long 2
5824 .long 3
5825 .long 4
5826 .long 5
5827@end example
5828
5829@ftable @code
5830@item .macro @var{macname}
5831@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5832@cindex @code{macro} directive
5833Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5834definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5835separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5836indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5837@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5838(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5839macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5840cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5841subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5842definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5843
5844@table @code
5845@item .macro comm
5846Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5847arguments.
5848
6258339f 5849@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5850@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5851Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5852which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5853@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5854
5855@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5856Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5857arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5858After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5859@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5860@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5861,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5862@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5863
6eaeac8a
JB
5864@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5865Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5866arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5867not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5868will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5869
252b5132
RH
5870When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5871position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5872@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5873
6258339f
NC
5874@end table
5875
5e75c3ab
JB
5876Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5877as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5878occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5879characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5880(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5881architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5882character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5883replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5884construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5885identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5886this macro definition:
5887
5888@example
5889 .macro label l
5890\l:
5891 .endm
5892@end example
5893
5894might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5895called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5896assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5897identifier.
5898
5899Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5900which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5901for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5902length specifier like this:
5903
5904@example
5905 .macro opcode base length
5906 \base.\length
5907 .endm
5908@end example
5909
5910and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5911instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5912interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5913
5914There are several possible ways around this problem:
5915
5916@table @code
5917@item Insert white space
5918If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5919solution. eg:
5920
5921@example
5922 .macro label l
5923\l :
5924 .endm
5925@end example
5926
5927@item Use @samp{\()}
5928The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5929the following text. eg:
5930
5931@example
5932 .macro opcode base length
5933 \base\().\length
5934 .endm
5935@end example
5936
5937@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5938In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5939used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5940
5941@example
5942 .altmacro
5943 .macro label l
5944l&:
5945 .endm
5946@end example
6258339f 5947@end table
5e75c3ab 5948
96e9638b 5949Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5950also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5951and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5952
252b5132
RH
5953@item .endm
5954@cindex @code{endm} directive
5955Mark the end of a macro definition.
5956
5957@item .exitm
5958@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5959Exit early from the current macro definition.
5960
5961@cindex number of macros executed
5962@cindex macros, count executed
5963@item \@@
a4fb0134 5964@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5965executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5966output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5967
252b5132
RH
5968@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5969@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5970macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5971@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5972@end ftable
252b5132 5973
ccf8a69b
BW
5974@node MRI
5975@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5976
ccf8a69b
BW
5977@cindex @code{mri} directive
5978@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5979If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5980@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5981affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5982of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5983
caa32fe5
NC
5984@node Noaltmacro
5985@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5986Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5987
252b5132
RH
5988@node Nolist
5989@section @code{.nolist}
5990
5991@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5992@cindex listing control, turning off
5993Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5994not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5995internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5996counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5997generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5998
5999@node Octa
6000@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6001
6002@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6003@cindex @code{octa} directive
6004@cindex integer, 16-byte
6005@cindex sixteen byte integer
6006This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6007bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6008
6009The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6010hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6011
9aec2026
NC
6012@node Offset
6013@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6014
6015@cindex @code{offset} directive
6016Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6017be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6018symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6019directive.
9aec2026 6020
252b5132
RH
6021@node Org
6022@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6023
6024@cindex @code{org} directive
6025@cindex location counter, advancing
6026@cindex advancing location counter
6027@cindex current address, advancing
6028Advance the location counter of the current section to
6029@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6030expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6031you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6032wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6033with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6034@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6035is the same as the current subsection.
6036
6037@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6038unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6039backwards.
6040
6041@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6042@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6043@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6044Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6045may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6046a chance to share your improved assembler.
6047
6048Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6049to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6050people's assemblers.
6051
6052When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6053intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6054absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6055@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6056
6057@node P2align
6058@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6059
6060@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6061@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6062Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6063storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6064number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6065advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6066counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6067multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6068
6069The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6070padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6071padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6072marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6073with no-op instructions.
6074
6075The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6076it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6077directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6078specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6079fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6080required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6081with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6082
6083@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6084@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6085The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6086@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6087pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6088fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
60892,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6090filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6091the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6092undefined.
6093
ccf8a69b
BW
6094@ifset ELF
6095@node PopSection
6096@section @code{.popsection}
6097
6098@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6099@cindex Section Stack
6100This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6101@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6102@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6103(@pxref{Previous}).
6104
6105This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6106section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6107stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6108@end ifset
6109
c91d2e08
NC
6110@ifset ELF
6111@node Previous
6112@section @code{.previous}
6113
c1253627 6114@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6115@cindex Section Stack
6116This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6117@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6118@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6119(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6120
6121This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6122referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6123@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6124subsections). For example:
6125
6126@smallexample
6127.section A
6128 .subsection 1
6129 .word 0x1234
6130 .subsection 2
6131 .word 0x5678
6132.previous
6133 .word 0x9abc
6134@end smallexample
6135
6136Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6137section A. Whilst:
6138
6139@smallexample
6140.section A
6141.subsection 1
6142 # Now in section A subsection 1
6143 .word 0x1234
6144.section B
6145.subsection 0
6146 # Now in section B subsection 0
6147 .word 0x5678
6148.subsection 1
6149 # Now in section B subsection 1
6150 .word 0x9abc
6151.previous
6152 # Now in section B subsection 0
6153 .word 0xdef0
6154@end smallexample
6155
6156Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6157section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6158
6159In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6160the top section on the section stack.
6161@end ifset
6162
252b5132
RH
6163@node Print
6164@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6165
6166@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6167@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6168assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6169
c91d2e08
NC
6170@ifset ELF
6171@node Protected
6172@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6173
c1253627
NC
6174@cindex @code{protected} directive
6175@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6176This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6177@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6178
6179This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6180their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6181@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6182components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6183component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6184this.
c91d2e08
NC
6185@end ifset
6186
252b5132
RH
6187@node Psize
6188@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6189
6190@cindex @code{psize} directive
6191@cindex listing control: paper size
6192@cindex paper size, for listings
6193Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6194number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6195
6196If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6197of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6198default width is 200 columns.
6199
a4fb0134 6200@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6201lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6202@code{.eject}).
6203
6204If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6205those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6206
6207@node Purgem
6208@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6209
6210@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6211Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6212expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6213
c91d2e08
NC
6214@ifset ELF
6215@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6216@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6217
c1253627 6218@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6219@cindex Section Stack
6220This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6221@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6222@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6223(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6224
e9863d7f
DJ
6225This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6226top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6227subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6228@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6229as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6230@end ifset
6231
252b5132
RH
6232@node Quad
6233@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6234
6235@cindex @code{quad} directive
6236@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6237each bignum, it emits
6238@ifclear bignum-16
6239an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6240warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6241@cindex eight-byte integer
6242@cindex integer, 8-byte
6243
6244The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6245hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6246@end ifclear
6247@ifset bignum-16
6248a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6249warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6250@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6251@cindex integer, 16-byte
6252@end ifset
6253
05e9452c
AM
6254@node Reloc
6255@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6256
6257@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6258Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6259@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6260the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6261symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6262@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6263absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6264targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6265relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6266section.
6267
252b5132
RH
6268@node Rept
6269@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6270
6271@cindex @code{rept} directive
6272Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6273@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6274
6275For example, assembling
6276
6277@example
6278 .rept 3
6279 .long 0
6280 .endr
6281@end example
6282
6283is equivalent to assembling
6284
6285@example
6286 .long 0
6287 .long 0
6288 .long 0
6289@end example
6290
6291@node Sbttl
6292@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6293
6294@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6295@cindex subtitles for listings
6296@cindex listing control: subtitle
6297Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6298title line) when generating assembly listings.
6299
6300This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6301it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6302
6303@ifset COFF
6304@node Scl
6305@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6306
6307@cindex @code{scl} directive
6308@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6309@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6310Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6311used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6312whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6313symbolic debugging information.
6314@ifset BOUT
6315
6316The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6317configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6318accepts this directive but ignores it.
6319@end ifset
6320@end ifset
6321
c1253627 6322@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6323@node Section
c1253627 6324@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6325
252b5132
RH
6326@cindex named section
6327Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6328named @var{name}.
6329
6330This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6331named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6332with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6333
c1253627
NC
6334@ifset COFF
6335@ifset ELF
6336@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6337@subheading COFF Version
6338@end ifset
6339
6340@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6341For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6342ways:
c91d2e08 6343
252b5132
RH
6344@smallexample
6345.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6346.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6347@end smallexample
6348
6349If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6350section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6351
252b5132
RH
6352@table @code
6353@item b
6354bss section (uninitialized data)
6355@item n
6356section is not loaded
6357@item w
6358writable section
6359@item d
6360data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6361@item e
6362exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6363@item r
6364read-only section
6365@item x
6366executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6367@item s
6368shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6369@item a
6370ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6371@item y
6372section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6373@item 0-9
6374single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6375@end table
6376
6377If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6378the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6379loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6380from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6381will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6382
6383If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6384taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6385@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6386
6387@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6388@ifset COFF
6389@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6390@subheading ELF Version
6391@end ifset
6392
c91d2e08
NC
6393@cindex Section Stack
6394This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6395@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6396(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6397@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6398
c1253627 6399@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6400For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6401
252b5132 6402@smallexample
7047dd1e 6403.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6404@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6405
451133ce
NP
6406@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6407@kindex --sectname-subst
6408@cindex section name substitution
6409If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6410argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6411at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6412
6413@smallexample
6414.macro exception_code
6415.section %S.exception
6416[exception code here]
6417.previous
6418.endm
6419
6420.text
6421[code]
6422exception_code
6423[...]
6424
6425.section .init
6426[init code]
6427exception_code
6428[...]
6429@end smallexample
6430
6431The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6432@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6433This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6434tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6435need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6436macros just for that purpose.
6437
252b5132 6438The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6439combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6440
252b5132
RH
6441@table @code
6442@item a
6443section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6444@item e
6445section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6446@item w
6447section is writable
6448@item x
6449section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6450@item M
6451section is mergeable
6452@item S
6453section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6454@item G
6455section is a member of a section group
6456@item T
6457section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6458@item ?
6459section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6460@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6461a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6462field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6463also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6464resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6465@item @code{<target specific>}
6466some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6467@end table
6468
9fb71ee4
NC
6469Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6470a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6471flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6472@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6473(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6474section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6475
252b5132 6476The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6477
252b5132
RH
6478@table @code
6479@item @@progbits
6480section contains data
6481@item @@nobits
6482section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6483@item @@note
6484section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6485@item @@init_array
6486section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6487@item @@fini_array
6488section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6489@item @@preinit_array
6490section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6491@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6492a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6493@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6494some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6495@end table
6496
9fb71ee4
NC
6497Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6498enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6499
ececec60
NC
6500Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6501ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6502@code{%} character.
6503
9fb71ee4
NC
6504Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6505special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6506type will generate an error from the assembler.
6507
22fe14ad 6508If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6509be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6510
6511@smallexample
6512.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6513@end smallexample
6514
6515Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6516constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6517@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6518@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6519the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6520absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6521which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6522@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6523@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6524
6525If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6526be present along with an additional field like this:
6527
6528@smallexample
6529.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6530@end smallexample
6531
6532The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6533particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6534
22fe14ad
NC
6535@table @code
6536@item comdat
6537indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6538@item .gnu.linkonce
6539an alias for comdat
6540@end table
6541
96e9638b 6542Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6543the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6544
6545@smallexample
6546.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6547@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6548
01642c12
RM
6549If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6550@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6551present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6552this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6553@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6554If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6555
252b5132
RH
6556If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6557the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6558none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6559executable. The section will contain data.
6560
6561For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6562directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6563
252b5132
RH
6564@smallexample
6565.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6566@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6567
252b5132
RH
6568Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6569separated flags:
eda683bb 6570
252b5132
RH
6571@table @code
6572@item #alloc
6573section is allocatable
6574@item #write
6575section is writable
6576@item #execinstr
6577section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6578@item #exclude
6579section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6580@item #tls
6581section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6582@end table
c91d2e08 6583
e9863d7f
DJ
6584This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6585contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6586some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6587work.
c1253627
NC
6588@end ifset
6589@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6590
6591@node Set
6592@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6593
6594@cindex @code{set} directive
6595@cindex symbol value, setting
6596Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6597changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6598@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6599flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6600
5d239759
NC
6601You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6602values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6603involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6604being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6605addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6606final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6607the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6608different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6609
6610If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6611file is the last value stored into it.
6612
3c9b82ba
NC
6613@ifset Z80
6614On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6615@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6616@end ifset
6617
252b5132
RH
6618@node Short
6619@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6620
6621@cindex @code{short} directive
6622@ifset GENERIC
6623@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6624@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6625
6626In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6627numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6628@end ifset
6629@ifclear GENERIC
6630@ifset W16
6631@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6632@end ifset
6633@ifset W32
6634This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6635a 16 bit number for each.
6636@end ifset
6637@end ifclear
6638
6639@node Single
6640@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6641
6642@cindex @code{single} directive
6643@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6644This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6645has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6646@ifset GENERIC
6647The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6648@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6649@end ifset
6650@ifclear GENERIC
6651@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6652On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6653numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6654@end ifset
6655@end ifclear
6656
c1253627 6657@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6658@node Size
c1253627 6659@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6660
c1253627
NC
6661This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6662
6663@ifset COFF
6664@ifset ELF
6665@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6666@subheading COFF Version
6667@end ifset
6668
6669@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6670For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6671@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6672
6673@smallexample
6674.size @var{expression}
6675@end smallexample
252b5132 6676
c91d2e08 6677@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6678@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6679@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6680ignores it.
6681@end ifset
c1253627 6682@end ifset
c91d2e08 6683
c1253627
NC
6684@ifset ELF
6685@ifset COFF
6686@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6687@subheading ELF Version
6688@end ifset
6689
6690@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6691For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6692
c1253627
NC
6693@smallexample
6694.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6695@end smallexample
6696
6697This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6698The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6699arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6700symbols.
c1253627
NC
6701@end ifset
6702@end ifset
252b5132 6703
252b5132
RH
6704@ifclear no-space-dir
6705@node Skip
6706@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6707
6708@cindex @code{skip} directive
6709@cindex filling memory
6710This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6711@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6712@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6713@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6714@end ifclear
252b5132 6715
ccf8a69b
BW
6716@node Sleb128
6717@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6718
6719@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6720@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6721compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6722symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6723
884f0d36 6724@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6725@node Space
6726@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6727
6728@cindex @code{space} directive
6729@cindex filling memory
6730This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6731@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6732and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6733as @samp{.skip}.
6734
6735@ifset HPPA
6736@quotation
6737@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6738targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6739Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6740@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6741for a summary.
6742@end quotation
6743@end ifset
6744@end ifclear
6745
252b5132
RH
6746@ifset have-stabs
6747@node Stab
6748@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6749
6750@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6751@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6752There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6753All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6754The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6755cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6756Up to five fields are required:
6757
6758@table @var
6759@item string
6760This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6761@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6762debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6763using this field.
6764
6765@item type
6766An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6767this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6768and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6769
6770@item other
6771An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6772low 8 bits of this expression.
6773
6774@item desc
6775An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6776bits of this expression.
6777
6778@item value
6779An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6780@end table
6781
6782If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6783or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6784you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6785compatible with earlier assemblers!
6786
6787@table @code
6788@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6789@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6790
6791The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6792It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6793null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6794strings.
6795
6796The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6797relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6798is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6799assembled.
6800
6801@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6802@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6803The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6804
6805@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6806@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6807All five fields are specified.
6808@end table
6809@end ifset
6810@c end have-stabs
6811
6812@node String
38a57ae7 6813@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6814"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6815
6816@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6817@cindex string8, copying to object file
6818@cindex string16, copying to object file
6819@cindex string32, copying to object file
6820@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6821@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6822@cindex @code{string8} directive
6823@cindex @code{string16} directive
6824@cindex @code{string32} directive
6825@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6826
6827Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6828one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6829particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6830You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6831
01642c12 6832The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6833the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6834copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6835are stored in target endianness byte order.
6836
6837Example:
6838@smallexample
6839 .string32 "BYE"
6840expands to:
6841 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6842 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6843@end smallexample
6844
6845
252b5132
RH
6846@node Struct
6847@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6848
6849@cindex @code{struct} directive
6850Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6851which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6852@smallexample
6853 .struct 0
6854field1:
6855 .struct field1 + 4
6856field2:
6857 .struct field2 + 4
6858field3:
6859@end smallexample
6860This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6861@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6862value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6863use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6864before further assembly.
6865
c91d2e08
NC
6866@ifset ELF
6867@node SubSection
6868@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6869
c1253627 6870@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6871@cindex Section Stack
6872This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6873@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6874@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6875(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6876
6877This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6878section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6879in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6880@end ifset
6881
252b5132
RH
6882@ifset ELF
6883@node Symver
6884@section @code{.symver}
6885@cindex @code{symver} directive
6886@cindex symbol versioning
6887@cindex versions of symbols
6888Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6889within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6890typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6891There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6892into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6893shared library.
6894
79082ff0 6895For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6896@smallexample
6897.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6898@end smallexample
339681c0 6899If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6900being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6901alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6902just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6903permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6904of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6905itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6906have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6907file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6908function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6909the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6910building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6911symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6912nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6913
6914If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6915references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6916reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6917symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6918
6919Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6920@smallexample
6921.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6922@end smallexample
6923In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6924the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6925difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6926references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6927
6928The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6929@smallexample
6930.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6931@end smallexample
6932When @var{name} is not defined within the
6933file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6934@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6935name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6936@end ifset
6937
6938@ifset COFF
6939@node Tag
6940@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6941
6942@cindex COFF structure debugging
6943@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6944@cindex @code{tag} directive
6945This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6946information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6947@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6948definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6949@ifset BOUT
6950
6951@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6952@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6953ignores it.
6954@end ifset
6955@end ifset
6956
6957@node Text
6958@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6959
6960@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6961Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6962the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6963expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6964is used.
6965
6966@node Title
6967@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6968
6969@cindex @code{title} directive
6970@cindex listing control: title line
6971Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6972source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6973
6974This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6975it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6976
c1253627 6977@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6978@node Type
c1253627
NC
6979@section @code{.type}
6980
6981This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6982
6983@ifset COFF
6984@ifset ELF
6985@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6986@subheading COFF Version
6987@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6988
6989@cindex COFF symbol type
6990@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6991@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6992For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6993@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6994
6995@smallexample
6996.type @var{int}
6997@end smallexample
6998
6999This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7000entry.
252b5132 7001
c91d2e08 7002@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7003@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7004@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7005directive but ignores it.
7006@end ifset
c1253627 7007@end ifset
c91d2e08 7008
c1253627
NC
7009@ifset ELF
7010@ifset COFF
7011@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7012@subheading ELF Version
7013@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7014
7015@cindex ELF symbol type
7016@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7017@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7018For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7019
7020@smallexample
7021.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7022@end smallexample
7023
7024This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7025function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7026supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7027compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7028
7029Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7030@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7031below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7032the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7033maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7034assemblers.
7035
7036The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7037
7038@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7039 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7040 .type <name>,#<type>
7041 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7042 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7043 .type <name>,"<type>"
7044@end smallexample
7045
7046The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7047
5671778d
NC
7048@table @gcctabopt
7049@item STT_FUNC
7050@itemx function
7051Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7052
d8045f23
NC
7053@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7054@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7055Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7056processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7057
5671778d
NC
7058@item STT_OBJECT
7059@itemx object
7060Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7061
7062@item STT_TLS
7063@itemx tls_object
7064Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
7065
7066@item STT_COMMON
7067@itemx common
7068Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7069
7070@item STT_NOTYPE
7071@itemx notype
7072Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7073
3e7a7d11
NC
7074@item gnu_unique_object
7075Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7076will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7077name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7078systems).
3e7a7d11 7079
5671778d
NC
7080@end table
7081
7082Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7083
c1253627
NC
7084@end ifset
7085@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7086
7087@node Uleb128
7088@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7089
7090@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7091@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7092compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7093symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7094
7095@ifset COFF
7096@node Val
7097@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7098
7099@cindex @code{val} directive
7100@cindex COFF value attribute
7101@cindex value attribute, COFF
7102This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7103records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7104entry.
7105@ifset BOUT
7106
a4fb0134 7107@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7108configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7109@end ifset
7110@end ifset
7111
2e13b764 7112@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7113@node Version
7114@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7115
c1253627 7116@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7117This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7118formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7119@end ifset
2e13b764 7120
c91d2e08
NC
7121@ifset ELF
7122@node VTableEntry
7123@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7124
653cfe85 7125@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7126This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7127@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7128
c91d2e08
NC
7129@node VTableInherit
7130@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7131
653cfe85 7132@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7133This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7134@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7135parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7136parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7137@end ifset
2e13b764 7138
d190d046
HPN
7139@node Warning
7140@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7141@cindex warning directive
7142Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7143(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7144
c91d2e08
NC
7145@node Weak
7146@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7147
c1253627 7148@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7149This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7150@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7151
01642c12 7152On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7153directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7154@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7155
977cdf5a 7156On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7157When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7158alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7159
06e77878
AO
7160@node Weakref
7161@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7162
7163@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7164This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7165be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7166If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7167will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7168symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7169
7170The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7171assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7172symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7173resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7174had the references to the alias removed.
7175
7176The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7177within the assembler.
7178
252b5132
RH
7179@node Word
7180@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7181
7182@cindex @code{word} directive
7183This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7184separated by commas.
7185@ifclear GENERIC
7186@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7187For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7188@end ifset
7189@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7190For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7191@end ifset
7192@end ifclear
7193@ifset GENERIC
7194
7195The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7196depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7197@end ifset
7198
7199@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7200@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7201@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7202@cindex difference tables altered
7203@cindex altered difference tables
7204@quotation
7205@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7206@end quotation
7207
7208@ifset GENERIC
7209Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7210addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7211interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7212@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7213
7214@end ifset
7215In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7216@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7217Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7218compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7219directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7220@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7221creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7222This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7223first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7224of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7225table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7226contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7227@code{sym2}.
7228
7229If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7230secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7231@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7232long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7233and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7234minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7235entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7236
7237@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7238@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7239@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7240assembly language programmers.
7241@end ifset
7242@end ifset
7243@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7244
7ce98c16
NC
7245@ifclear no-space-dir
7246@node Zero
7247@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7248
7249@cindex @code{zero} directive
7250@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7251This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7252expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7253so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7254instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7255@end ifclear
7256
252b5132
RH
7257@node Deprecated
7258@section Deprecated Directives
7259
7260@cindex deprecated directives
7261@cindex obsolescent directives
7262One day these directives won't work.
7263They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7264@table @t
7265@item .abort
7266@item .line
7267@end table
7268
3a99f02f
DJ
7269@ifset ELF
7270@node Object Attributes
7271@chapter Object Attributes
7272@cindex object attributes
7273
7274@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7275into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7276Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7277point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7278requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7279passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7280hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7281generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7282newer generation at run-time.
7283
7284This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7285@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7286time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7287correctly.
7288
7289Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7290attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7291string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7292and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7293or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7294attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7295
7296Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7297The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7298
7299@menu
7300* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7301* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7302@end menu
7303
7304@node GNU Object Attributes
7305@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7306
7307The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7308with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7309
7310Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7311its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7312an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73132} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7314architecture-dependent ones.
7315
7316@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7317
7318These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7319
7320@table @r
7321@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7322The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7323the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7324then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7325than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7326arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7327@end table
7328
7329@subsection MIPS Attributes
7330
7331@table @r
7332@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7333The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7334
7335@itemize @bullet
7336@item
73370 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7338@item
f179c512
MF
73391 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7340double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7341@item
73422 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7343@item
73443 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7345@item
f179c512
MF
73464 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7347floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7348number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7349@item
73505 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7351with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7352general-purpose registers.
7353@item
73546 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7355registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7356@item
73577 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7358registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7359direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7360@end itemize
7361@end table
7362
7363@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7364
7365@table @r
7366@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7367The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7368
7369@itemize @bullet
7370@item
73710 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7372@item
3c7b9897 73731 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7374@item
73752 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7376@item
73773 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7378@end itemize
7379
7380@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7381The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7382
7383@itemize @bullet
7384@item
73850 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7386@item
73871 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7388@item
73892 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7390@item
73913 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7392@end itemize
7393@end table
7394
643f7afb
AK
7395@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7396
7397@table @r
7398@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7399The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7400
7401@itemize @bullet
7402@item
74030 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7404@item
74051 for files using software vector ABI.
7406@item
74072 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7408@end itemize
7409@end table
7410
3a99f02f
DJ
7411@node Defining New Object Attributes
7412@section Defining New Object Attributes
7413
7414If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7415will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7416mailing list.
7417
7418@itemize @bullet
7419@item
7420This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7421@item
7422The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7423@item
7424The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7425and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7426@item
7427Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7428@item
7429@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7430@item
7431GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7432@end itemize
7433
7434@end ifset
7435
252b5132
RH
7436@ifset GENERIC
7437@node Machine Dependencies
7438@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7439
7440@cindex machine dependencies
7441The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7442each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7443vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7444directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7445assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7446@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7447optimization.
7448
7449This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7450include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7451subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7452
7453@menu
a06ea964
NC
7454@ifset AARCH64
7455* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7456@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7457@ifset ALPHA
7458* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7459@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7460@ifset ARC
7461* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7462@end ifset
7463@ifset ARM
7464* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7465@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7466@ifset AVR
7467* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7468@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7469@ifset Blackfin
7470* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7471@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7472@ifset CR16
7473* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7474@end ifset
8bf549a8 7475@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7476* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7477@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7478@ifset D10V
7479* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7480@end ifset
7481@ifset D30V
7482* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7483@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7484@ifset EPIPHANY
7485* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7486@end ifset
252b5132 7487@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7488* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7489@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7490@ifset HPPA
7491* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7492@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7493@ifset I370
7494* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7495@end ifset
252b5132 7496@ifset I80386
55b62671 7497* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7498@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7499@ifset I860
7500* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7501@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7502@ifset I960
7503* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7504@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7505@ifset IA64
7506* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7507@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7508@ifset IP2K
7509* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7510@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7511@ifset LM32
7512* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7513@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7514@ifset M32C
7515* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7516@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7517@ifset M32R
7518* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7519@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7520@ifset M680X0
7521* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7522@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7523@ifset M68HC11
7524* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7525@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7526@ifset METAG
7527* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7528@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7529@ifset MICROBLAZE
7530* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7531@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7532@ifset MIPS
7533* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7534@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7535@ifset MMIX
7536* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7537@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7538@ifset MSP430
7539* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7540@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7541@ifset NDS32
7542* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7543@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7544@ifset NIOSII
7545* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7546@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7547@ifset NS32K
7548* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7549@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7550@ifset PDP11
7551* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7552@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7553@ifset PJ
7554* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7555@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7556@ifset PPC
7557* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7558@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7559@ifset RL78
7560* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7561@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7562@ifset RX
7563* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7564@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7565@ifset S390
7566* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7567@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7568@ifset SCORE
7569* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7570@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7571@ifset SH
7572* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7573* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7574@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7575@ifset SPARC
7576* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7577@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7578@ifset TIC54X
7579* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7580@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7581@ifset TIC6X
7582* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7583@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7584@ifset TILEGX
7585* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7586@end ifset
7587@ifset TILEPRO
7588* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7589@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7590@ifset V850
7591* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7592@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7593@ifset VAX
7594* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7595@end ifset
7596@ifset VISIUM
7597* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7598@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7599@ifset XGATE
7600* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7601@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7602@ifset XSTORMY16
7603* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7604@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7605@ifset XTENSA
7606* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7607@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7608@ifset Z80
7609* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7610@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7611@ifset Z8000
7612* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7613@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7614@end menu
7615
7616@lowersections
7617@end ifset
7618
7619@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7620@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7621@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7622@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7623@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7624@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7625@c in both conditional blocks.
7626
a06ea964
NC
7627@ifset AARCH64
7628@include c-aarch64.texi
7629@end ifset
7630
625e1353
RH
7631@ifset ALPHA
7632@include c-alpha.texi
7633@end ifset
7634
7635@ifset ARC
7636@include c-arc.texi
7637@end ifset
7638
252b5132
RH
7639@ifset ARM
7640@include c-arm.texi
7641@end ifset
7642
8473f7a4
DC
7643@ifset AVR
7644@include c-avr.texi
7645@end ifset
7646
3b4e1885 7647@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7648@include c-bfin.texi
7649@end ifset
7650
3d3d428f
NC
7651@ifset CR16
7652@include c-cr16.texi
7653@end ifset
7654
328eb32e
HPN
7655@ifset CRIS
7656@include c-cris.texi
7657@end ifset
7658
c2dcd04e 7659@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7660@ifclear GENERIC
7661@node Machine Dependencies
7662@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7663
c2dcd04e 7664The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7665and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7666chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7667family.
7668
7669@menu
c2dcd04e 7670* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7671* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7672@end menu
7673@lowersections
7674@end ifclear
7675@end ifset
7676
7677@ifset D10V
7678@include c-d10v.texi
7679@end ifset
7680
7681@ifset D30V
7682@include c-d30v.texi
7683@end ifset
7684
cfb8c092
NC
7685@ifset EPIPHANY
7686@include c-epiphany.texi
7687@end ifset
7688
252b5132
RH
7689@ifset H8/300
7690@include c-h8300.texi
7691@end ifset
7692
252b5132
RH
7693@ifset HPPA
7694@include c-hppa.texi
7695@end ifset
7696
5b93d8bb
AM
7697@ifset I370
7698@include c-i370.texi
7699@end ifset
7700
252b5132
RH
7701@ifset I80386
7702@include c-i386.texi
7703@end ifset
7704
e3308d0d
JE
7705@ifset I860
7706@include c-i860.texi
7707@end ifset
7708
252b5132
RH
7709@ifset I960
7710@include c-i960.texi
7711@end ifset
7712
9e32ca89
NC
7713@ifset IA64
7714@include c-ia64.texi
7715@end ifset
7716
a40cbfa3
NC
7717@ifset IP2K
7718@include c-ip2k.texi
7719@end ifset
7720
84e94c90
NC
7721@ifset LM32
7722@include c-lm32.texi
7723@end ifset
7724
49f58d10
JB
7725@ifset M32C
7726@include c-m32c.texi
7727@end ifset
7728
ec694b89
NC
7729@ifset M32R
7730@include c-m32r.texi
7731@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7732
7733@ifset M680X0
7734@include c-m68k.texi
7735@end ifset
7736
60bcf0fa
NC
7737@ifset M68HC11
7738@include c-m68hc11.texi
7739@end ifset
7740
a3c62988
NC
7741@ifset METAG
7742@include c-metag.texi
7743@end ifset
7744
01642c12 7745@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7746@include c-microblaze.texi
7747@end ifset
7748
252b5132
RH
7749@ifset MIPS
7750@include c-mips.texi
7751@end ifset
7752
3c3bdf30
NC
7753@ifset MMIX
7754@include c-mmix.texi
7755@end ifset
7756
2469cfa2
NC
7757@ifset MSP430
7758@include c-msp430.texi
7759@end ifset
7760
35c08157
KLC
7761@ifset NDS32
7762@include c-nds32.texi
7763@end ifset
7764
36591ba1
SL
7765@ifset NIOSII
7766@include c-nios2.texi
7767@end ifset
7768
252b5132
RH
7769@ifset NS32K
7770@include c-ns32k.texi
7771@end ifset
7772
e135f41b
NC
7773@ifset PDP11
7774@include c-pdp11.texi
7775@end ifset
7776
041dd5a9
ILT
7777@ifset PJ
7778@include c-pj.texi
7779@end ifset
7780
418c1742
MG
7781@ifset PPC
7782@include c-ppc.texi
7783@end ifset
7784
99c513f6
DD
7785@ifset RL78
7786@include c-rl78.texi
7787@end ifset
7788
046d31c2
NC
7789@ifset RX
7790@include c-rx.texi
7791@end ifset
7792
11c19e16
MS
7793@ifset S390
7794@include c-s390.texi
7795@end ifset
7796
c0157db4
NC
7797@ifset SCORE
7798@include c-score.texi
7799@end ifset
7800
252b5132
RH
7801@ifset SH
7802@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7803@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7804@end ifset
7805
7806@ifset SPARC
7807@include c-sparc.texi
7808@end ifset
7809
39bec121
TW
7810@ifset TIC54X
7811@include c-tic54x.texi
7812@end ifset
7813
40b36596
JM
7814@ifset TIC6X
7815@include c-tic6x.texi
7816@end ifset
7817
aa137e4d
NC
7818@ifset TILEGX
7819@include c-tilegx.texi
7820@end ifset
7821
7822@ifset TILEPRO
7823@include c-tilepro.texi
7824@end ifset
7825
b6605ddd
EB
7826@ifset V850
7827@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7828@end ifset
7829
7830@ifset VAX
7831@include c-vax.texi
7832@end ifset
7833
b6605ddd
EB
7834@ifset VISIUM
7835@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7836@end ifset
7837
f6c1a2d5
NC
7838@ifset XGATE
7839@include c-xgate.texi
7840@end ifset
7841
6753e72f
NC
7842@ifset XSTORMY16
7843@include c-xstormy16.texi
7844@end ifset
7845
e0001a05
NC
7846@ifset XTENSA
7847@include c-xtensa.texi
7848@end ifset
7849
b6605ddd
EB
7850@ifset Z80
7851@include c-z80.texi
7852@end ifset
7853
7854@ifset Z8000
7855@include c-z8k.texi
7856@end ifset
7857
252b5132
RH
7858@ifset GENERIC
7859@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7860@raisesections
7861@end ifset
7862
7863@node Reporting Bugs
7864@chapter Reporting Bugs
7865@cindex bugs in assembler
7866@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7867
a4fb0134 7868Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7869
7870Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7871not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7872entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7873Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7874
7875In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7876information that enables us to fix the bug.
7877
7878@menu
7879* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7880* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7881@end menu
7882
7883@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7884@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7885@cindex bug criteria
7886
7887If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7888
7889@itemize @bullet
7890@cindex fatal signal
7891@cindex assembler crash
7892@cindex crash of assembler
7893@item
7894If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7895@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7896
7897@cindex error on valid input
7898@item
a4fb0134 7899If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7900
7901@cindex invalid input
7902@item
a4fb0134 7903If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7904is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7905be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7906
7907@item
7908If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7909of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7910@end itemize
7911
7912@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7913@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7914@cindex bug reports
7915@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7916
7917A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7918you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7919contact that organization first.
7920
7921You can find contact information for many support companies and
7922individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7923distribution.
7924
ad22bfe8 7925@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7926In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7927to @value{BUGURL}.
7928@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7929
7930The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7931@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7932fact or leave it out, state it!
7933
7934Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7935and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7936name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7937not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7938happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7939perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7940the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7941give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7942and the most helpful.
7943
7944Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7945it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7946that the bug has not been reported previously.
7947
7948Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7949bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7950respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7951You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7952
7953To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7954
7955@itemize @bullet
7956@item
a4fb0134 7957The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7958it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7959
7960Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7961the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7962
7963@item
a4fb0134 7964Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7965
7966@item
7967The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7968version number.
7969
7970@item
a4fb0134 7971What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7972``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7973
7974@item
7975The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7976observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7977all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7978
7979If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7980and then we might not encounter the bug.
7981
7982@item
7983A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7984the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7985high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7986when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7987the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7988file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7989@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7990
7991@item
7992A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7993incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7994
a4fb0134 7995Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7996will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7997notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7998make a mistake.
7999
8000Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8001explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8002@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8003library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8004would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8005would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8006expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8007observations.
8008
8009@item
a4fb0134 8010If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8011diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8012option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8013discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8014by line number.
8015
8016The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8017sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8018@end itemize
8019
8020Here are some things that are not necessary:
8021
8022@itemize @bullet
8023@item
8024A description of the envelope of the bug.
8025
8026Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8027which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8028changes will not affect it.
8029
8030This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8031will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8032with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8033We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8034
8035Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8036of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8037output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8038less time, and so on.
8039
8040However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8041report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8042
8043@item
8044A patch for the bug.
8045
8046A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8047the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8048a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8049to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8050
a4fb0134 8051Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8052construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8053the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8054one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8055
8056And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8057patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8058help us to understand.
8059
8060@item
8061A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8062
8063Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8064things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8065@end itemize
8066
8067@node Acknowledgements
8068@chapter Acknowledgements
8069
653cfe85 8070If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8071it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8072maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8073@c (October 2012),
8074the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8075
8076Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8077more details?}
8078
8079Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8080information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8081extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8082
8083K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8084many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8085up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8086testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8087including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8088and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8089support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8090port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8091file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8092assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8093
8094Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8095in format-specific I/O modules.
8096
8097The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8098has done much work with it since.
8099
8100The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8101
8102Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8103
8104The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8105University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8106
8107Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8108(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8109(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8110support a.out format.
8111
7be1c489
AM
8112Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8113tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8114Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8115use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8116targets.
8117
8118John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8119simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8120updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8121fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8122remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8123cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8124required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8125
8126Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
812768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8128added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8129PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8130
653cfe85 8131Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8132
8133Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8134
8135Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8136along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8137formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8138the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8139
8140Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8141Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8142Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8143Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8144and some initial 64-bit support).
8145
c1253627 8146Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8147
252b5132
RH
8148Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8149support for openVMS/Alpha.
8150
39bec121
TW
8151Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8152flavors.
8153
e0001a05 8154David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8155Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8156
252b5132
RH
8157Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8158configuration enhancements.
8159
84e94c90
NC
8160Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8161
252b5132
RH
8162Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8163you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8164want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8165intentionally leaving anyone out.
8166
793c5807
NC
8167@node GNU Free Documentation License
8168@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8169@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8170
370b66a1
CD
8171@node AS Index
8172@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8173
8174@printindex cp
8175
252b5132
RH
8176@bye
8177@c Local Variables:
8178@c fill-column: 79
8179@c End: